WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

NEW ZEALAND

FORMED c.1911 (September)


CHANGED NAME - 1927

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB

NEW ZEALAND

19th JULY 1911
Page 8 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXXXII, ISSUE 16

At a preliminary meeting of amateur photographers held last evening, it was decided to form a Camera Club in Wellington if sufficient members can be induced to support it. It is understood that similar clubs exist in all the large centers in the Dominion. It is proposed to secure central rooms suitable for holding meetings and constructing a darkroom for the use of members. A gentleman at the meeting promised to present the club with a projection lantern.

Mr. George Greig was elected HON.SECRETARY.



21st JULY 1911
Page 8 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXXXII, ISSUE 18

It is proposed to form a Camera Club in Wellington. A notice to that effect is advertised in this issue.



21st JULY 1911
Page 8 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXXXII, ISSUE 18

AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHERS
It is proposed to form a CAMERA CLUB in Wellington, with a view to securing a Central Club Room, to be fitted up with a Dark Room and all necessary apparatus for the use of members. Also for holding Meetings, Lectures, and occasional Exhibitions. Annual fees will be moderate. All amateurs wishing to join, please communicate at once with the undersigned. Ladies specially invited to become members. Notice will be sent to all interested of a Meeting to be held at an early date.

GEORGE GREIG
HON.SECRETARY



8th SEPTEMBER 1911
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXXXII, ISSUE 60
9th SEPTEMBER 1911
Page 13 - DOMINION, VOLUME 4, ISSUE 1228

AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHERS
There was an excellent attendance at the initial meeting of the Amateur Photographic Society last evening, and a very interesting couple of hours were spent by those present. The President (Mr. P.N. Denton) gave a short introductory address, and congratulated the promoters on the success of their efforts.

Mr. Heginbotham, President of the Wellington Camera Club, who was present, also congratulated the society on the successful start.

Mr. Whitelaw gave an optical display of lantern slides, and Mr. Warner exhibited samples of advanced photography, and gave a very interesting address on the art of picture making as distinct from every-day photography.



28th OCTOBER 1911
Page 16 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME XXXIII, ISSUE 7943

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Wellington Amateur Photographic Society have written the secretary of the "Port Nicholson Yacht Club" asking if a joint picnic of members of the two clubs cannot be arranged during the season, at one of the bays. They also suggest that the yachts and launches take one or more of the members with their cameras on board, when pictures of the various boats could be taken and presented to the Yacht Club. The idea is an excellent one, and the "Port Nicholson Yacht Club" have unanimously agreed to fall in with it. Messrs Kiernan and Millman have been appointed delegates of the Yacht Club to meet the Camera Club delegates to arrange details.



10th NOVEMBER 1911
Page 6 - PRESS, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 14197

At the general meeting of the Christchurch Photographic Society held on Tuesday evening the members were entertained by Mr P.H. Phillips with his lecture, "The History of Photography". This lecture, dealing as it did with photography from its inception, proved most interesting. Many of the earliest processes were demonstrated and models of apparatus used in the early days were exhibited and explained. Mr Phillips had undoubtedly gone to some considerable, trouble in preparing the lecture, and a vote of thanks was accorded him. The result of the "Eventide" competition (Wellington Camera Club trophy) was announced. Mr W. Robinson gained first place, and was accordingly presented with the gold medal by the chairman, Mr George Wright.



22nd February 1912
Volume 19 Number 2 - Page 106
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Things photographic have been specially active here lately, due in a large measure to the FORMATION last September of a new photographic club, the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society.

The need for a society of the kind has long been a matter for discussion among local photographers; but undoubtedly the Industrial Exhibition held here last June was the indirect means of bringing the movement into prominence.

Up to that date nothing had been achieved, but the amount of good work done by local photographers and displayed to the public at this show was certainly a great surprise to many. A few of the more energetic of the exhibitors conceived the idea that a club would be a real good thing to keep workers together, and got others interested, with the result that a good healthy club is now in full swing. Some little time was occupied in providing and furnishing a suitable club-room, but this having been successfully accomplished, members have had more time to devote to the actual photographic work.

Considerable interest is taken in the monthly competitions for members, some of the work submitted being of a very high character. There are, of course, and probably always will be, a large percentage of the glossy "screamer" sort of thing shown. Still, examples are plentiful of more ambitious and generally more up-to-date work.

Subject for last competition, “A Child Study”, brought out some really fine work; the married members, naturally, having most opportunities, scored heavily. Some pictures by lady members deserve special mention. The judge (Mr. G. Belt) expressed himself as greatly pleased at the great improvement over photographs shown at previous competitions.

Next subject, set down for 8th February, is a “Flower Study”, and for this the writer fully expects large entries and keen competition. The subject is a popular one, and offers wide scope in its treatment.

“Field days” are held the second Saturday in each month if weather permits. These outings are very popular and generally well attended.

Boisterous weather has prevented the last three outings proving quite as beneficial as was hoped, most of the members of opinion that the weather clerk is no friend of the view hunters. However, we keep on hoping, and trust for a fine day for next outing, which takes the form of a trip to Belmont, one of Wellington’s most picturesque districts. May it prove as good as all wish it to be.



22nd July 1912
Volume 19 Number 7 - Page 399
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At a recent meeting of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society, Mr. J.S. Hastings gave a very interesting lecture on “Pinhole Photography”. The lecturer dealt with his subject in an exhaustive manner, and also exhibited several pictures taken by both the pinhole and ordinary lenses for comparison, some of the landscape results especially being very fine.

As the subject was practically unknown to the majority of the members present it proved very interesting, and no doubt it will not be long before practical results will be exhibited at our meetings.

Much regret has been expressed by members at the serious illness of Mr. Bell, one of our vice-Presidents. He is one of our best and most enthusiastic workers, and has acted as judge and critic of members work since the inception of the society.

Owing to the extremely unfavorable weather this winter our field days have not been as successful as they might otherwise have been, and all are looking forward to “better luck” in the near future.

The society has a fine dark-room in connection with the club-rooms, and it is gratifying to note that the convenience is being availed of lately by members much more than hitherto.

A member of the committee presented a prize for competition by members taking part in the rambles. The competition closes with the next outing. Some of the members work has decidedly improved, but it is a matter for consideration by the incoming committee whether it would not be better to award future competitions to the monthly studies. These have been practically neglected by members.



23rd September 1912
Volume 19 Number 9 - Page 515
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
One of the most interesting and instructive lectures to the members of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society was delivered at the last meeting by Mr. Hercules Davidson, on “Flower Photography”. The lecturer dealt with his subject in an exhaustive manner, and exhibited a very fine collection of specimens of his work. He advised those present to exercise care in all stages, otherwise their results would not be satisfactory.

SELECTION: Flowers of hollow form are preferable, and lend themselves to good effect, color being a secondary consideration. Leaves showing texture should also be selected, as smooth, shining leaves reflect too much light.

Arranging the flowers entails far more study and trouble than most amateurs devote to it, and requires both skill and patience. Symmetry and balance, without uniformity, avoiding straight lines in the composition should be the aim. After arranging the study examine carefully on the ground glass, then remove the lens and ground glass, reverse the camera, and examine through lens board. Consider whether any of the blooms can be left out without spoiling the composition, because it is a mistake to crowd the specimens. If possible do not use a vase, but if it is necessary to use one it should not be prominent. The lecturer always arranges his in wet sand in tubes. The flowers should be arranged the night before to avoid any possible movement during exposure.

BACKGROUND: Brown paper (without creases) or large mounts are most suitable, the latter a color of French gray being best. They can also be slightly turned from the light to vary the shade.

LIGHTING: A side light is the best, and early morning or late afternoon is the best time for exposure, the light being more diffused and softer.

The camera should have long extension, and the fine focusing made from the back to avoid altering position of the lens, and should also have a rising and falling front. Any lens with good definition is suitable, most of the exhibits having been taken with an R.R. lens, costing about 25s.

STOPS: It is necessary to stop down well to have everything in focus.

PLATES: Backed Orthochrome plates are necessary, but the lecturer objects to the use of light filters, which tend to an over correction in the colors.

EXPOSURE: Use a meter to find the actinic value of the light, and multiply this by 10 to 20 times, according to the subject. An average exposure in a good light would be three minutes at F.32, although a photo, of a red cactus shown was exposed for 20 minutes.

DEVELOPMENT: All developers are supposed to be good, but from practical experience the lecturer found Eikonogen to be the best, diluted six times for soft effects:

No. 1. Eikonogen, 60 grains; hydrokinone, 15 grains; soda sulphite, 1 oz.; water, 8 ozs.

No. 2. Carb. potash, 1/2 oz.; water, 8 ozs. (Equal parts).

PAPERS: Avoid glossy papers, cream crayon bromide (rough or smooth) being best.

The annual meeting of the society was held on the 5th September, and the following officers were elected for the ensuing year: Patron, Hon. A.L. Herdman; President, Mr. P.N. Denton; vice-Presidents, Dr. Newman, Rev. J.C. Bates, Messrs. Malcolm Ross, Martin Chapman, J.R. Palmer, B.W. White, C.W. Nettleton, and Mrs. Jansen; HON.SECRETARY, Mr. George Greig; Hon. Treasurer, Miss M.E. Young.



6th SEPTEMBER 1913
Page 13 - DOMINION, VOLUME 6, ISSUE 1848
Page 9 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXXXVI, ISSUE 59

AUCKLAND CAMERA CLUB
MEETING OF THE SOCIETY
There was a good attendance of members at the annual meeting of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society held last evening. The report and balance-sheet were presented, showing the position of the society to be very satisfactory, there being 42 members now on the roll. During the past year two competitions were held between members for prizes offered by Mr. E.E. Arnold. These were won by Messrs. H.C. Milne and George Greig respectively. The society has arranged with the Auckland Camera Club for an interchange of prints between members of the two clubs. The first selections from Auckland will be on view at the next ordinary meeting of members.

The following officers were elected for the ensuing twelve months: Patron, the Mayor, Mr. J.P. Luke; President, Mr. P.N. Denton; vice-Presidents, his Honor Judge Chapman, Dr. Newman, M.P., Messrs. W.H.P. Barber, Malcolm Ross, John Smith, B.W. White, R.J. White; committee, Miss Hume, Messrs. W. Beck, A.H. Griffiths, G. Norton, W. Platt, F.W. Sellers; Hon. Treasurer, Miss M.E. Young; HON.SECRETARY, Mr. George Greig.

SIR JOHN PEARCE LUKE CMG

Born 16th July 1858 Penzance, Cornwall, England
Died 7th December 1931 (aged 73) Wellington, New Zealand

20th MAYOR OF WELLINGTON, NEW ZEALAND
1913 to 1921

22nd October 1913
Volume 20 Number 10 - Page 556
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
One of the most successful field days held by the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society took place at Oriental Bay on the 13th September. There was a record attendance of members, and the weather, contrary to custom, was simply perfect for the occasion. Quite a number of good results were obtained during the afternoon, and at the close the members were entertained at afternoon tea by the President and Mrs. Denton at their residence.

The annual meeting of the society was held in the club room on the 5th October, the report showing the position of the society to be very satisfactory.

The following officers were elected for the ensuing year: Patron, the Mayor (Mr. J.P. Luke); President, Mr. P.N. Denton (re-elected); committee, Miss Hume and Messrs. N. Beck, A.H. Griffiths, O. Norton, W. Platt, and F.W. Sellens; Hon. Treasurer, Miss M.E. Young; HON.SECRETARY, Mr. George Greig.

The President, in returning thanks for re-election, impressed on members the necessity for taking the work of the society more seriously, and trusted they would each and all endeavor to carry out the syllabus in its entirety, which would prove most beneficial to themselves and the society.

There were two competitions held during the year, and these were won by Messrs. H.C. Milne and George Greig respectively. The same competitions will be held this year, the President offering one prize and the committee the other.

During the last criticism by Mr. H. Davidson of members work for the past four months, he took occasion to compliment the members on the decided improvement shown in their prints, proving that they were trying to benefit by the advice given at these meetings.

A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Davidson for his generous advice and assistance during the year, and the society is certainly to be congratulated in having the services of such an able and conscientious critic.



11th MARCH 1914
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME LXXXVII, ISSUE 59

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. J.A. Heginbotham, who is about to visit Great Britain and the Continent, received a presentation last night from the Wellington Camera Club.



22nd August 1914
Volume 21 Number 8 - Page 429
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
On the 17th July Mr. A.C. Gifford delivered a lecture in the Club Rooms entitled “Out with my One-eyed Friend”. Before starting his lecture Mr. Gifford gave the members a lot of useful information and advice, especially on the classification of negatives and the keeping qualities of different plates. Some of the slides which would be shown during the evening had been made from negatives taken seven years previously, the negatives being as good to-day as when they were made. Mr. Gifford also distributed some pamphlets showing a diagram of an exposure meter he had compiled and published in the “N.Z. Photographer” during the nineties, before the present up-to-date and handy meters had been invented.

The lecture was then proceeded with, and proved a very interesting trip through the Southern Lakes and Alps of the South Island, the scenes being excellent views of beauty spots and different geological formations. A number of splendid views of the moon were also shown, which Mr. Gifford had recently taken with the aid of the fine telescope in the Wellington College Observatory.



15th May 1915
Volume 22 Number 5 - Page 269
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
As an inducement to an increased membership it was decided recently to reduce the annual subscription, and the idea has proved beneficial. A number of new members have joined and others intend doing so.

At our last meeting Mr. A. Waterworth delivered a most instructive lantern lecture entitled “Nature Through Microscope and Camera”. The subject was well handled by the lecturer and was keenly appreciated by all present.

It is intended to hold a course of lectures at the first meeting in every month, principally for the benefit of beginners; the first of the series will be given at the next meeting on “Exposure”, to be followed the next month by one on “Development”, and so forth.



16th August 1915
Volume 22 Number 8 - Page 447
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Reducing the annual subscription has had a beneficial effect on the club insofar that a number of new members have lately joined our ranks, both ladies and gentlemen, most of them being beginners in the art.

We have held several interesting meetings recently, but unfortunately numbers have not taken advantage of the opportunities offered to the extent they should if they wish to improve their work. The first of the series was a lecture on "Exposure” by Mr. George Greig, who handled his subject well, and gave much information to beginners, especially pointing out the advantages of the several meters and calculators in use.

The second evening was devoted to “Lantern Slides, and How to Make Them”, by Mr. Denton, who gave a lot of useful hints on the subject, and exhibited a fine collection of Indian views from his own negatives. Mr. H. Milne also gave a demonstration of binding the slides.

At the last meeting Mr. N. Beck delivered a lecture on “Development”. He dealt with the subject in a masterly manner, describing the different ways, “Tentative, Factorial, and Time or Tank Development”, and furnished helpful information on the subject. Several of the members took notes and details of different developers advocated for certain purposes.

Owing to other attractions in the way of carnival fetes in aid of our Wounded Soldier Funds, etc., our field days have been sadly neglected of late, but no doubt when the fine weather arrives and longer days more advantage will be taken of them.



15th May 1917
Page 248 - Volume 24 Number 5 The Australasian Photographic Review

THE COBBLER
J.W. Johnson
First Prize “Figure Study” Class and Gold Medal for best picture
Wellington Amateur Photographic Society
EXHIBITION

15th May 1917
Page 255 - Volume 24 Number 5 The Australasian Photographic Review

A RAY OF SUNLIGHT
J.W. Johnson
First Prize “Architecture” Class
Wellington Amateur Photographic Society
EXHIBITION

15th May 1917
Page 259 - Volume 24 Number 5 The Australasian Photographic Review

A SUNNY CORNER
E.T. Robson
Third Prize in “Landscape” Class
Wellington Amateur Photographic Society
EXHIBITION

15th May 1917
Page 263 - Volume 24 Number 5 The Australasian Photographic Review

GROOTE KIRK, EDAM
J.W. Johnson
First Prize “Landscape” Class
Wellington Amateur Photographic Society
EXHIBITION

15th May 1917
Page 274 - Volume 24 Number 5 The Australasian Photographic Review

AT THE FOUNTAIN
W.L. EDMANSON
Wellington Amateur Photographic Society
EXHIBITION

16th September 1918
Volume 25 Number 9 - Page 498
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION
This is announced to be held from October 23rd to November 2nd next, inclusive. The following are the classes:

OPEN CLASS: Open to any photographer in New Zealand (any subject).
AMATEUR CLASS (SENIOR SECTION):
1. Landscape and Seascape;
2. Portraiture and Figure Study;
3. Animal and Still Life;
4. Architecture (interior or exterior);
5. Lantern Slides (Monochrome), set of six;
6. Color Photography, set of four;
7. Transparencies, set of four. Hand-tinted slides not allowed.

JUNIOR CLASS: (open to any amateur who has not previously won a prize in any Exhibition).
1. Landscape and Seascape;
2. Portraiture and Figure Study;
3. Animal and Still Life;
4. Architecture (interior or exterior);
5. Lantern Slides, sets of six. Hand-tinted slides not allowed.

School Class (any New Zealand subject): Best set of five pictures not to exceed half-plate size (6 1/2 x 4 3/4) from any one school. Open to pupils of all schools in New Zealand. Any number of sets may be entered. Certificates to be awarded to winning schools.

SPECIAL COMPETITION: open to Junior members of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society who have never won a monthly competition. Contact prints only, and not exceeding half-plate size. Any subject. No awards made unless twelve entries received. Entries close Monday, 30th September 1918. Full details may be obtained from the HON.SECRETARY, Mr. W.E. Suckling, c/o. W. Littlejohn & Son, Ltd., 222-224 Lambton Quay, Wellington, New Zealand.



23rd SEPTEMBER 1919
Page 10 - NEW ZEALAND TIMES, VOLUME XLIV, ISSUE 10391

PHOTOGRAPHY
ANNUAL MEETING OF WELLINGTON BODY
The annual meeting of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society was held in their club rooms in the Y.W.C.A. building, Boulcott street, last week.

The report and balance-sheet were read and confirmed, after which Mr. P.N. Denton, President of the society since its inception, addressed the meeting. Mr. Denton traced the history of the society, indicating the early difficulties experienced, which now happily had been overcome. In this connection he specially eulogized the work of Mr. George Greig, their first HON.SECRETARY, and tendered thanks to Miss Birch and the Y.W.C.A. authorities for their hearty co-operation in extending their hospitality to the society. Mr. Denton stressed the advantage to be gained from the members participation in the monthly competitions, and the highly educational nature of the criticisms thereon, also the advantages to the junior members of the assistance in lectures, demonstrations, and advice given at each of the meetings. An exhibition of photographic work held in the Art Gallery during the year had, in spite of handicaps, been successful, and brought forward some excellent work.

The society has recently taken part in a New Zealand Inter-Club competition, held in Dunedin, the results of which have already been published, Wellington securing third place. The whole of the competing pictures are now in Wellington, and arrangements are being made for an exhibition, the date of which will be advertised in a few days. This exhibition will be open to the public without charge.

At the conclusion of Mr. Denton's address, he was accorded a vote of thanks by the members and elected a life member of the society, as was also Mr. Greig.

On the motion of Mr. Denton, Mr. A.S. Mitchell was elected President for the ensuing year, Mr. E.B. Woodhead was elected HON.SECRETARY and Miss Hume elected Hon. Treasurer. A strong committee was also formed, and an appeal for members made.



27th SEPTEMBER 1919
Page 9 - DOMINION, VOLUME 13, ISSUE 2
1st OCTOBER 1919
Page 9 - DOMINION, VOLUME 12, ISSUE 5

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
An Exhibition of Photographs which took part in the New Zealand Inter-Club Competition recently held in Dunedin will be held in the Y.W.C.A. Buildings, Boulcott Street, on the afternoons and evenings of Wednesday and Thursday next, October 1st and 2nd. Admission free.

E.B. WOODHEAD
HON.SECRETARY:



15th October 1919
Volume 26 Number 10 - Page 595
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual meeting of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society was held on the 17th September, when an excellent attendance of members, including some of the founders of the Society, now in its eighth year, indicated the great interest being taken in pictorial photography.

Mr. P.N. Denton, President of the Society since its inception, traced the history of the Society, indicating the early difficulties experienced. In this connection, he specially eulogized the work of Mr. George Greig, their first HON.SECRETARY, who had borne the brunt of much of their early troubles. He also, with the Society’s unanimous approval, wished to tender their thanks to Miss Birch and the Y.W.C.A. authorities, for their hearty co-operation in extending their hospitality to the Society, which has largely contributed to the present successful state of affairs.

The handsome credit balance the year’s statement disclosed, will do much to improve the apparatus of the Club, which, during the war period, had not grown with the work of the Society. Mr. Denton stressed the advantage to be gained from the members participation in the monthly competitions, and the highly educational nature of the criticisms thereon; also the advantages to the junior members of the assistance in lectures, demonstrations, and advice given at each of the meetings.

An exhibition of photographic work, held in the Art Gallery during the year, had, in spite of handicaps, been successful, and brought forward some excellent work, and it was hoped to make this an annual affair.

The Society has been appealed to by the Wellington Philosophical Society for assistance in the collection of photographs of Wellington, past and present, as records for the future; and an evening, at an early date, has been set aside to meet the Philosophical Society, to discuss ways and means for the accomplishment of the above object, thus, together with photography’s contributions to the art of the country, indicating our claim to be considered a useful factor in civil life. The claims of photography as a factor in the art of war, need, with our recent experience, no eulogy.

The Wellington Amateur Photographic Society has recently taken part in a New Zealand Inter-Club Competition, held in Dunedin, the results of which have already been published, Wellington Amateur Photographic Society securing third place.

At the conclusion of Mr. Denton’s address, he was accorded a vote of thanks by the members, and elected a life member of the Society, as was also Mr. Greig.

On the motion of Mr. Denton, Mr. A.S. Mitchell was elected President for the ensuing year; Mr. E.B. Woodhead and Miss Hume being elected HON.SECRETARY and Treasurer respectively. A strong committee was also formed, and an appeal for members made. Applications for membership may be made to the HON.SECRETARY, Box 1505, Wellington, New Zealand. Meetings are held first and third Wednesdays each month, at 7.30pm, at the Y.W.C.A., Boulcott-street. Visiting amateurs will be welcomed at all times, and allowed the use of the Society’s apparatus.



26th FEBRUARY 1920
Page 3 - MANAWATU TIMES, VOLUME XLIII, ISSUE 1500

The Horticultural Society 21st annual show was held yesterday in line warm weather. There was a very large attendance, and the Drill Hall, to which building the show has been removed from the Town Hall this year to make more room, still proved inadequate for the crowd.

The photography section attracted, several entries from the Wellington Camera Club, and fortunately they were numbered among the prize winners, though be it said, not always in the first place.



15th October 1920
Volume 27 Number 10 - Page 516
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The following officials were elected at the annual meeting of the Society:

ELECTION OF OFFICERS: 1920 - 1921									President Mr. A.S. MITCHELL
Vice-President: Mr. P.N. Denton	Vice-President: Mr. J.E. Ellis	Vice-President: Mr. G. Greig	Vice-President: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Vice-President: Mr. J. MacKay	Vice-President: Mr. E.T. Robson	Vice-President: Mr. B.W. White	HON.SECRETARY: Mr. H.C. Milne	Hon. Treasurer: Miss Hannah Johnson	Hon. Competitions Secretary: Mr. R. Gillingham	Hon. Portfolio Secretary: Mr. E.T. Robson
Hon. Librarian: Miss Welsby	Hon. Reporter: Mr. J.W. Jones	Hon. Auditor: Mr. A.J. Bland	Committee: Miss Welsby	Committee: Miss Blackett	Committee: Mr. A.J. Bland	Committee: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Committee: Mr. J.W. Jones	Committee: Mr. J. MacKay	Committee: Mr. G. Norton	Committee: Mr. E.T. Robson

In the Senior Class Competitions, awards were won by Messrs. E.T. Robson, J.W. Jones, R. Gillingham, and J.W. Johnson.

Junior Class, all awards won by Mr. S. Cousins.

Mr. J.E. Ellis acted as judge.



15th December 1920
Volume 27 Number 12 - Page 607, 611, 613
The Australasian Photographic Review

WAIKANAE
A.H. EATON
SECOND PRIZE
AMATEUR JUNIOR “LANDSCAPE OR SEASCAPE”
WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION

THE G.P.O., WELLINGTON, NEW ZEALAND
A.E. CARPINTER
FIRST PRIZE
JUNIOR CLASS “ARCHITECTURE”
WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION

WINTER
J.W. JOHNSON
FIRST PRIZE and GOLD MEDAL
OPEN CLASS
WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION

15th December 1920
Volume 27 Number 12 - Page 613
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON NEW ZEALAND

THIRD PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION

The Wellington Amateur Photographic Society Third Pictorial Photographic Exhibition was officially opened by the Mayor of Wellington, Mr. J.P. Luke. C.M.G., M.P., on the 11th October, in the Assembly Hall of the Y.M.C.A.

In his introductory remarks Mr. Luke commented on the assistance rendered by photography to the arts and sciences of both peace and war, specially touching on the topographical maps of enemy territory which its use enabled both combatants to prepare, and their subsequent reproduction in relief work. He congratulated the Society on the improvement this exhibition showed upon that held in 1918, and trusted that the Wellington public would appreciate the opportunity given them of inspecting such a fine display.

The judges were Messrs. Nugent Welch, J.E. Ellis and E.W. Hunt, who made the following awards in the various sections:

OPEN CLASS
Open to any photographer in Australasia (any subject): J.W. Johnson. “Winter", 1st and gold medal; J.W. Johnson, “Old Amsterdam", 2nd; E.T. Robson, “A Study in Pose", 3rd.

AMATEUR (Senior Section)
Landscape or seascape: E.T. Robson, “A Pastoral Symphony”, 1st, silver medal, also gold medal for best Senior Amateur’s picture: J.W. Jones, “Still Waters”, 2nd: E.L. Robson, “A Woodland Dirge", 3rd.

Portrait or figure study: A.S. Mitchell, “Billy”, 1st and silver medal; A.S. Mitchell, “Angela”, 2nd; E.T. Robson, “Water Nymphs”, 3rd.

Animal or still life: S.E. Cousins, “Apples”, 1st and silver medal; R. Gillingham, “White Crane”, 2nd; E.T. Robson, “Shirley Poppies”, 3rd.

Architecture (exterior or interior): E.F. Robson, “The Speaker’s Chair”, 1st and silver medal; S.E. Cousins, “The Pulpit”, 2nd; Miss Hannah Johnson, “A Sunny Doorway”, 3rd.

COLOUR PHOTOGRAPHY
Autochromes, Paget transparencies and hand-tinted prints: J.W. Johnson, “Oranges and Nuts” (Autochrome), 1st and silver medal; J. Ralph, seven Autochrome transparencies, 2nd; Dr. Henry I. Tizard, eight Autochrome transparencies. 3rd.

AMATEURS (Junior Section)
Landscape or seascape: A.H. Eaton. “Pine Trees and Sunlight", 1st; A.H. Eaton, “Waikanae", 2nd; Berkeley Clarke, “Heavy Weather", 3rd.

Animal or still life: C.E. Watson, “Panther head", 1st; Miss L.B. Ralph, “Reddened in the August Moon”, 2nd.

Portraiture or figure study: Berkeley Clarke. “The Bonnet", 1st and silver medal: A.H. Eaton. “Portrait", 2nd: Miss L.B. Ralph, “The Hydrangea", 3rd.

Architecture: A.E. Carpinter, “G.P.O. Wellington", 1st; A.E. Carpinter, “The Closed Door", 2nd.

OPEN CLASS: Mr. J.W. Johnson’s landscape “Winter” and his architectural study “Old Amsterdam”, placed 1st and 2nd respectively, were beautiful examples of photography. In this class the exhibits were of a particularly high order, including some very fine portrait heads and figure studies by Mr. A.S. Mitchell. Mr. E.T. Robson’s “Study in Pose", an ambitious effort on classic lines, secured third place.

Among the pictures not securing awards, mention must be made of the work of Mr. H. Beggs in the Junior Landscape Class, whose “Windswept” and “Reflections” are gems fully warranting more attention as to size and mounting than their author gave them. Among the Autochromes and transparencies the work of Dr. Tizard with eight Autochromes indicated such a mastery of technique in this difficult branch of work as to influence the Society to accord him a special certificate.

Of the Junior Exhibits securing awards, Mr. A.H. Eaton’s landscapes were excellent pictures, and the child study, “The Bonnet", by Mr. Berkeley Clarke, was well worthy of the award secured.

The Society were fortunate in securing through the courtesy of Mr. E.W. Hunt, of Wellington, and Mr. A.B. Hurst, of Napier, collections (for exhibition only) of the works of Eugene, the American and continental artist photographer, and Mr. Fred Judge, of Hastings. England, the well known exhibitor. The latter’s photographs were specimens of the Oil Transfer Process, and comprised such subjects as the Smoky Tyne, St. Paul’s from Bankside, A Leeds Forge. Trawlers, etc., excellent examples of the best in pictorial photography, a number having been exhibited at the Paris Salon.

SIR JOHN PEARCE LUKE CMG

Born 16th July 1858 Penzance, Cornwall, England
Died 7th December 1931 (aged 73) Wellington, New Zealand

20th MAYOR OF WELLINGTON, NEW ZEALAND
1913 to 1921

15th December 1920
Volume 27 Number 12 - Page 614, 615, 617, 619, 621
The Australasian Photographic Review

BILLY
A.S. MITCHELL
FIRST PRIZE and SILVER MEDAL
AMATEUR SENIOR PORTRAIT, OR FIGURE STUDY
WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION

THE PANTHER
CHARLES E. WATSON
FIRST PRIZE
AMATEUR JUNIOR “ANIMAL OR STILL LIFE”
WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION

THE TOWER
BERKELEY CLARKE
EXHIBITED IN THE JUNIOR SECTION
WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION

THE BONNET
BERKELEY CLARKE
FIRST AND SILVER MEDAL
BEST PICTURE IN THE JUNIOR SECTION
WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION

PINE TREES AND SUNLIGHT
A.H. EATON
FIRST
LANDSCAPE OR SEASCAPE (JUNIOR)
WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
EXHIBITION

15th November 1921
Volume 28 Number 11 - Page 570
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
In opening his address the President (Mr. A.S. Mitchell) referred to the necessity of increasing the Society's membership. He was not unaware of the obstacles offered by the present economic conditions, the effects of which were wide spread. To those who found themselves thus handicapped he suggested the adherence to the smaller cameras, such as the 31/4in. x 2 1/4in. or 4 1/4in. x 3 1/4in. From these, and, of course, the vest-pocket cameras, excellent enlargements could be made.

In reviewing the work of the Society during the past year, he commented upon the difficulties that had cropped up and interfered with the carrying through of the syllabus. This had been an excellent one, and had been favorably reviewed by members of other societies. In addition, competitions for pictorial work of various kinds had been arranged and substantial prizes allotted. But so far as the carrying out of the syllabus was concerned, many members whose names had been put down for lectures and demonstrations had unfortunately defaulted at the last moment for various reasons, some of them excusable, leaving the gap to be filled by other members at very short notice (in one case two hours). In reference to the competitions, these had not been given that attention which, in his estimation, was their due, and the reception of pictures had been postponed till the 19th November, which postponement would enable competitors to complete their work.

During the year the Society’s Third Annual Exhibition was held, and was particularly interesting and instructive, although outside work was not quite so well represented as on former occasions. The exhibits, however, contained some very good examples of the work of the Society, especially in the Junior Section.

In the Third Annual New Zealand Inter-Club Exhibition their own Society came second, after a very even contest in which they lost by some 4 points only in a total of about 1,100. This was very encouraging for the next competition which would be held in Wellington.

Among the incidents of the year the fact that a number of their members had taken up the practice of photography professionally or had otherwise struck out on their own account was to be noted.

The Society passed votes of thanks to many who had assisted them during the year and the following office-bearers were chosen for the coming year:

ELECTION OF OFFICERS: 1920 - 1921						PATRON HIS EXCELLENCY VISCOUNT JELLICOE		President Mr. A.S. MITCHELL
Vice-President: Mr. P.N. Denton	Vice-President: Mr. J.E. Ellis	Vice-President: Mr. G. Greig	Vice-President: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Vice-President: Mr. J. MacKay	Vice-President: Mr. G. Norton	Vice-President: Mr. E.T. Robson	Vice-President: Mr. B.W. White	HON.SECRETARY: Mr. J.W. Jones	Hon. Treasurer: Mrs. Russell
Hon. Competitions Secretary: Mr. R. Gillingham		Hon. Portfolio Secretary: Mr. E.T. Robson		Hon. Librarian: Miss Welsby		Hon. Reporter: Miss A.L. Fitchett		Hon. Auditor: Mr. A.J. Bland
Committee: Mrs Blackett	Committee: Miss Welsby	Committee: Mr. H. Appleyard	Committee: Mr. A.J. Bland	Committee: Mr. A.E. Carpenter	Committee: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Committee: Mr. C.W. Kerry	Committee: Mr. J. MacKay	Committee: Mr. G. Norton	Committee: Mr. E.T. Robson

Hon. Secretary, Mr. J.W. Jones, 146 Vivian Street, Wellington, with whom it is requested intending members in the district will get in touch.



15th December 1921
Volume 28 Number 12 - Page 620
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
A large number of entries were received for the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society, annual competitions, the Advanced sections being judged by Mr. J.E. Ellis and the Junior by a committee of Senior members. There was keen competition in all classes, some junior members work showed that they had profited considerably as a result of the demonstrations and lectures.

RESULTS:		KODAK (AUSTRALASIA) PTY. LTD. TROPHIES FOR BEST SEASCAPE OR LANDSCAPE:			BEST “HUMAN INTEREST”:		BEST “GENRE”:
BEST MODIFIED OR CONTROLLED PRINT: C.W. Kerry	SET OF FOUR LANTERN SLIDES: H.C. Milne A.E. Carpinter	ADVANCED: “Late Evening, Winter" J.W. Jones	SENIOR: “Solitude” A.H. Eaton	JUNIOR: “Morning Mist" Miss A.L. Fitchett	ADVANCED: “A Keen Hand" E.T. Robson	SENIOR: “What Shall I Play?” A.H. Eaton	ADVANCED: “Reaping" E.T. Robson	SENIOR: “A Full Hand" C.W. Kerry	JUNIOR: A.E. Carpinter

Mr. A.S. MITCHELL, M.I.M.E., President, gave the following address on “THE OBJECTS OF OUR SOCIETY”.

“In making 'The Objects of Our Society' the subject of my address on this the first evening listed in our Syllabus for 1921-22, I am fully cognizant of the breadth of the subject and the small amount of concrete matter existing either in our constitution or otherwise in print, with which to decorate my text. The absence of anything definite in our constitution as such, or in the minutes recording the proceedings preliminary to the formation of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society leaves too much to individual bias and imagination. The result is that it has been generally accepted that the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society exists solely for the furtherance of Pictorial Photography of that class much in demand in modern photographic circles under the title of Photographic Art. The meaning I wish to convey by the use of this latter term is the imposition by the photographer of some of his personality or ideas upon any picture, by methods of control or other modifications of the original negative or print, in such a manner, that the resultant picture conveys his preconceived ideas to any cultured onlooker, thus arousing feelings similar to those stirring the breast of the author of the picture. It is not, of course, entirely necessary that the onlooker be highly cultured in pictorial matters, as even primitive minds are capable of appreciating the finest art, or, indeed, beauty in any form. The subject, however, of Pictorial Photography is not and cannot remain our only object even if a high degree of technique was not indispensable to the accomplishment of even this purpose. It is true that, with our resources, investigations and original research work such as is undertaken by the Royal Photographic Society are beyond us, but between these two classes there lies a vast amount of common ground upon which both pictorialist and scientist may meet.

“A Photographic Society is an Association of individuals organized for mutual or joint usefulness, pleasure or profit in the study and practice of photography. As our Society is, however, an amateur body, the word 'profit' must be separated from its ordinary £.s.d. application and read as being the reward of unselfish effort in our common interests.

“It has been thought necessary at times by our committee to emphasize the fact that association with our body will effect material savings of the wasted effort and money so frequently spent without result by beginners in photography. While agreeing with this to a large extent, it must not be thought that we can provide anyone with a ready-made method of securing a good negative from every exposure, and considerable practice of the 'trial and error' variety is necessary even where individual tuition is given. As illustrating this point, it, no doubt, has been noted that studio operators make many exposures for, perhaps, one picture. As modern studio lighting, how ever, has been reduced to a fine art and to almost constant conditions, it will be appreciated how much more handicapped is the amateur whose studio is, as a rule, bounded by the sky and the horizon.

“As to how this mutuality of interest and purpose can be best effected is a matter governed by the rules of our Society to a large extent, but is more particularly a function of the good taste and feeling of its members. In no case must it be felt or inferred that the annual subscription is payment for value received, as while the subscription makes things possible, the only real payment is a sincere and proper appreciation of the efforts of 'those who know' by 'those who don’t know' when exercised on the latter’s behalf. The co operative spirit must be maintained at all times or our Society will fail in its functions. It is cheering to know that almost all the prominent exhibitors have reached their present eminence through the medium of photographic clubs and societies".



25th FEBRUARY 1922
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIII, ISSUE 47

NIGHT PHOTOGRAPHY
At the last meeting of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society, a demonstration of night photography was given by Mr. J.W. Johnson, in the rooms of the President, Mr. A.S. Mitchell. Several portraits were taken by the aid of the Cooper-Hewitt mercury vapor light. Still life subjects were also taken with the ordinary electric light. The resulting negatives, which were developed before the close of the meeting, showed that results could be obtained equal to those taken in daylight.

The society promises a pleasant evening for Thursday, when everybody interested in photography is cordially invited to an illustrated lantern lecture, entitled "Mountaineering with a Camera", which will be given by F.W. Vosseler Esq., Chief Guide of the Tararua Tramping Club. The lecture will be given in the Y.W.C.A. Rooms, Herbert-street, commencing at 8pm.



4th MARCH 1922
Page 9 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIII, ISSUE 53

MOUNTAINEERING WITH A CAMERA
WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
There was a record attendance of members of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society, members of the Tararua Tramping Club, and others at Mr. F.W. Vosseler's illustrated lantern lecture, "Mountaineering with a Camera".

The speaker, who was introduced by Mr. A.S. Mitchell, dealt with the scenery of the mountains, rivers, forest, and coast close to Wellington, with particular reference to our national parks. He said, that few realized what a compact little place New Zealand was, and what great variety of scenic wonders were available within short distances. Members of the Tararua Tramping Club had many enjoyable trips, which cost them very little. For instance, trips to Marlborough Sounds and Tongariro National Park cost each member no more than 10s per day, inclusive of all traveling expenses. The Tararua Tramping Club endeavored to get to places that were off the beaten track, where natural features were in their original state. Contrary to general belief, there were endless good walks in the immediate vicinity of most of our towns. Taking Wellington as a starting point, it would be impossible to make all the trips in the fifty two Sundays of the year, particularly if one took in short train journeys. There were hundreds of tramps, and some to very beautiful places viz., the Tararuas, Gollan's Valley, Wainui, Pukerua, Mount Fitzherbert, back of the Moonshine, Karapoti, Akatarawa, Reikiorangi, etc. From any of these points there were at least five walks. There were also numbers of night walks — from Thorndon-quay to Khandallah and back via Kaiwarra Island Bay to the Red Rocks and back; from Karori tram terminus down South Karori, Wireless Station, etc.

The trip to Tongariro National Park last August was described and illustrated. A party of thirty (fourteen of whom were ladies) left Waimarino for the Whakapapa cottage, from which they did many walks in the snow and ice, including a climb of Ruapehu. After a week's practice it was possible for some to ski for a mile without falling. Ngauruhoe was a difficult winter climb, and steps in the ice had to be cut. If the cutting of timber in the Park was continued, it meant that the place would be to a large extent destroyed. Mr. Vosseler also remarked on heather being sown in the Park, which, if it was not uprooted, would in a few years time have taken charge, and the old flora will have disappeared. He also protested, against the neglect of Kapiti Island and the destruction of the bush on the river banks of the Wanganui.

The lecture was illustrated by many views of the mountains, and was greatly enjoyed by all present. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Vosseler. Mr. A.J. Bland and Mr. Milne were in charge of the lantern, and many of the lantern slides were lent by members of the Amateur Photographic Society.



14th JUNE 1922
Page 5 - HAWERA & NORMANBY STAR, VOLUME XLII, ISSUE XLII

WINTER SHOW NOTES
PHOTOGRAPHY
Photography is practically a new section at the Winter Show, and it is well that those whose bent is the artistic should be catered for. Photography is such a favorite hobby that the response to the generous schedule issued by the committee should be a good one. The schedule was kindly prepared by the Wellington Photographic Society, and includes nine classes, seven for amateurs and two for professionals, and there is ample scope for the youngest beginner.

Already a great many entries have been received, which points to keen competition and a very interesting display from the spectator's point of view. The fact that there is now a Camera Club in Hawera should stimulate interest in the competitions, and it is confidently expected that the photographic section will show very satisfactory results in all respects. Entries close on Saturday, next, June 17, and all exhibits must reach the secretary not later than Saturday, 24th June.



15th November 1923
Volume 30 Number 11 - Page 572
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
“THE OBJECTS OF OUR SOCIETY”
A PAPER READ BY MR. A.S. MITCHELL

In making “The Objects of our Society” the subject of my address, I am fully cognizant of the breadth of the subject and the small amount of concrete matter existing, either in our constitution or otherwise in print, with which to decorate my text. The absence of anything definite in our constitution as such, or in the minutes recording the proceedings preliminary to the formation of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society, leaves too much to individual bias and imagination. The result is that it has been generally accepted that the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society exists solely for the furtherance of pictorial photography of that class much in demand in modern photographic circles under the title of “Photographic Art”. The meaning I wish to convey by the use of this latter term is the imposition by the photographer of some of his personality or ideas upon any picture by methods of control, or otherwise modifying the original negative or print in such a manner that the resultant picture conveys his preconceived ideas to any cultured on looker, arousing feelings similar to those stirring the breast of the author of the picture. It is not, of course, entirely necessary that the onlooker be highly cultured in pictorial matters, as even primitive minds are capable of appreciating the finest art or, indeed, beauty in any form. The subject, however, of pictorial photography is not, and cannot remain, our only object, even if a high degree of technique was not indispensable to the accomplishment of even this purpose. It is true that, with our resources, investigations and original research work, such as is undertaken by the Royal Photographic Society, are beyond us, but between these two classes there lies a vast amount of common ground upon which both pictorialist and scientist may meet.

Before proceeding further, I feel that it is necessary to analyze the subject in its several bearings, and, to that end, I have had recourse to Webster’s Dictionary for a definition of the word “society”, which is given as under:
(2) A group of individuals united by some form of common interest, and having some organization; also in an abstract sense, the union or sum of relations by which the individuals of a group are associated.
(3) A number of persons associated for any temporary or permanent object; an association for mutual or joint usefulness, pleasure or profit, as a missionary society.

Taking the last definition given “An association for mutual or joint usefulness, pleasure or profit”, as being, in my estimation, most descriptive of the conditions we find ourselves in, and combining this with the first given, it will be seen that to all “societies” as such, the word “self” is anathema, “mutual” and “joint” being words specially precluding any selfish element It will be seen, therefore, that a photographic society is an association of individuals organized for mutual or joint usefulness, pleasure or profit, in the study and practice of photography. As our Society is, how ever, an amateur body, the word profit must be separated from its ordinary £.s.d. application and read as being the reward of unselfish effort in our common interests.

It has been thought necessary at times by our committee to emphasize the fact that associations with our body will effect material savings of the wasted effort, and money so frequently spent without result by beginners in photography. While agreeing with this to a large extent, it must not be thought that we can provide anyone with a ready-made method of securing a good negative from every exposure, and consider able practice of the “trial and error” variety is necessary even where individual tuition is given. As illustrating this point, it, no doubt, has been noted that studio operators make many exposures for, perhaps, one picture. As modern studio lighting, however, has been reduced to a fine art and to almost constant conditions, it will be appreciated how much more handicapped is the amateur whose studio is, as a rule, bounded by the sky and the horizon.

As to how this mutuality of interest and purpose can be best effected is a matter governed by the rules of our Society to a large extent, but is more particularly a function of the good taste and feeling of its members. In no case must it be felt or inferred that the annual subscription is payment for value received, as while the subscription makes things possible, the only real payment is a sincere and proper appreciation of the efforts of “those who know” by “those who don’t know” when exercised on the latter’s behalf. The co-operative spirit must be maintained at all times, or our Society will fail in its functions. It is cheering to know that almost all the prominent exhibitors have reached their present eminence through the medium of photographic clubs and societies.



8th SEPTEMBER 1924
Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 18733
9th SEPTEMBER 1924
Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19272

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
INTERCLUB COMPETITION
INVERCARGILL FIRST
For the sixth annual New Zealand Inter-Club competition by photographic clubs there were ninety-six entries by eight clubs, each club being limited to twelve pictures of New Zealand subjects, not more than two from any member. This year the photographs were judged by Professor Shelly M.A., of Christchurch, and they are now at the Dunedin Photographic Society chambers, nicely arranged for exhibition purposes. The exhibition is to open this evening with a private view for members, and on Tuesday and Wednesday afternoons and evenings it is to be open to the public.

Miss B.M. Gibson, who is the honorary exhibition secretary, kindly permitted a reporter to have a look at the pictures this morning, and supplied the results of the judging.

The Invercargill Camera Club gains first position. An outstanding photograph in this collection is H.H. Gardner’s "Castle Rock", a very difficult subject, difficult in getting the required weight in the foreground and the necessary detail in the low-lying valley. W.J. Ferguson’s "Lone Tree" is another marked success, very soft. "Muriel", by R.A. Edwards, and "The Sisters", by A.M. M'Donald, are worthy because of their average all-round merit in portraiture.

The Wellington Camera Circle is placed second. One of the features of the dozen is "The Dancer", by A.S. Mitchell, and the judge has very wisely given high value to E.T. Robson’s "Stately Poplars", which has a real etching effect; whilst "Autumn Morn", by J. Ralph, is notable for its atmospheric lighting.

The Dunedin Photographic Society has to put up with third place, but it has the consolation of producing the champion picture, which is G. Chance’s "The Heads, Otago"; also the picture that gains the second highest marks, "Fording the Opawa", by the same exhibitor. The judge remarks that these are as nearly to the perfect pictorial photograph as can be. Another prominent exhibit in this collection is B.M. Gibson’s "Mill-house, Woodhaugh", in which the grades of mist are cleverly brought out, and, as the judge observed, a tender respect is shown for tone value. C.A. Weedon’s "Harbor View" is also conspicuous.

The Wellington Camera Club, placed fourth, has a good collection, the best of which is A.H. Eaton’s charming portrait study.

The placing of the other competing clubs is in this order: Christchurch Photographic Society, Auckland Camera Club, Timaru Photographic Society, Wairarapa Photographic Society.



9th SEPTEMBER 1924
HAWERA & NORMANBY STAR, VOLUME XLVIII, ISSUE XLVIII

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Dunedin Photographic Society Inter-Club competition was judged by Professor Shelley, of Christchurch, who placed the Invercargill Camera Club first, Wellington Camera Club second, and the Dunedin Photographic Society third. There were 96 entries by eight clubs.



15th December 1924
Volume 31 Number 12 - Page 631
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
At the annual meeting of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society, the following principal officers were elected;

ELECTION OF OFFICERS: 1924 - 1925
President Mr. A.S. MITCHELL	HON.SECRETARY: Miss Hannah Johnson	Hon. Treasurer: Miss A.L. Welsby	Hon. Auditor: Mr. H.B. Appleyard	Hon. Competition Secretary: Mr. E.T. Robson	Hon. Librarian: Mrs. Blackett	Hon. Reporter: Mr. J.W. Jones
ANNUAL COMPETITION AWARDS:
BEST PASTORAL OR LANDSCAPE: Mr. Robson Mr. Milne		BEST SEASCAPE OR MARINE: Mr. Robson Mr. Cousins Miss Welsby		ANIMAL STUDY: Mr. J.W. Jones Mrs. Russell	LARGEST NUMBER OF NEW MEMBERS: Mr. F.E. Matthews Mr. J.W. Jones	MONTHLY AGGREGATE AWARDS: Mr. J.W. Jones Mr. Clapham Mrs. Russell

Having now secured a suitable club room and dark room, the society look forward to a successful season, A very interesting syllabus has been arranged, comprising several lantern lectures, monthly competitions and demonstration lectures, and with the help available, members should show a vast improvement in their work. A syllabus will be sent intending members on application to the HON.SECRETARY. Box 1531, Wellington.



9th FEBRUARY 1925
Page 6 - POVERTY BAY HERALD, VOLUME LI, ISSUE 16656

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
BACHELOR BIRDS
WELLINGTON, last night.  Miss Turner, lecturing to the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society, after spending a seven months lonely vigil on the bird sanctuary at the Island of Scholtheat, advanced the theory that bachelor birds congregated together. She discovered that all male oyster eaters, who were not paired during the mating season, went and occupied a separate section of the island and never allowed female birds there. They held prolonged conclaves, often resulting in free fights.



15th July 1925
Volume 32 Number 7 - Page 360
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Mr. F.W. Vosseler, of the Tararua Tramping Club, assisted by Mr. H.C. Milne, delivered a very interesting lecture on “Beauty Spots in and around Wellington”.

Later, members had the pleasure of listening to Mr. W. van der Velden (Eastman School of Photography) who delivered to an appreciative audience a lecture on “Photographic Troubles and how to avoid them”. Interesting questions were asked and discussion followed.



28th JULY 1925
Page 12 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19004
29th JULY 1925
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19544

DUNEDIN PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The fortnightly meeting of the Dunedin Photographic Society attracted an excellent attendance.

Before introducing the lecturer for the evening, the Chairman (Mr. T.A. Dawson) announced the results of the New Zealand Inter-Club photographic competition held this year in Invercargill. Eight clubs competed, the results being as follows: Invercargill 1, Wellington Camera Circle 2, Dunedin 3, Wellington Camera Club 4, Auckland 5, Christchurch 6, Timaru 7, Wairarapa 8.

The pictures will be exhibited here early in August.

The lecturer for the evening, Mr. W.B. Seymour, gave a most interesting lecture and demonstration on that very important branch of photography, sepia toning. The lecturer explained the chemical reactions which occur during the development and toning of bromide paper, and, by demonstration, showed that by taking advantage of a diluted bleaching bath, together with variation of the immersion time in the bleach, different tones of sepia, ranging from brown-black to chocolate, may be obtained. Referring to the sickly yellow tones so often obtained by amateurs, Mr. Seymour demonstrated the cause of these failures, and, to illustrate his remarks, made a number of failures and then showed methods of overcoming the difficulties. Mr. Seymour also distributed written formulas, as used in his demonstration, and at the conclusion of his lecture was accorded a hearty vote of thanks.

The Social Committee then took charge, and supper was dispensed.



15th October 1925
Volume 32 Number 10 - Page 521
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The 14th Annual Meeting of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society was held on the 16th September, when the Balance Sheet showed a small credit balance. During the year the Society affiliated with the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain. Monthly competitions were sustained and it is hoped that the standard of work will be improved as a result of the constructive criticism afforded, A Pictorial Criticism Competition was instituted, Mrs. Russell being adjudged the winner.

During the year the Society entered for the New Zealand Inter-Club Photographic Competition at Invercargill, the Advanced Members in the Camera Circle winning 2nd place, the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society coming 5th.

The membership of the Society is now 50.

Mr. A.S. Mitchell, after ably filling the position of President for the last 5 years, has retired from this position.

The election of officers resulted as follows:

ELECTION OF OFFICERS 1925 - 1926				PATRON: Sir J.P. LUKE		President Mr. MALCOLM ROSS
Vice President: J.A. Heginbotham	Vice President: J.W. Jones	Vice President: J.K. Mackay	Vice President: A.S. Mitchell	Vice President: E.T. Robson	HON.SECRETARY: Miss Hannah Johnson	Hon. Treasurer: Miss A.L. Welsby	Hon. Librarian Mrs. Blackett
Committee: Miss Fitchett	Committee: Miss Moginie	Committee: P.B. Billing	Committee: H.C. Milne	Committee: J. Macdonald	Committee: G. Norton	Hon. Auditor: Mr. H.B. Appleyard

SIR JOHN PEARCE LUKE CMG

Born 16th July 1858 Penzance, Cornwall, England
Died 7th December 1931 (aged 73) Wellington, New Zealand

20th MAYOR OF WELLINGTON, NEW ZEALAND
1913 to 1921

15th July 1926
Volume 33 Number 7 - Page 352
The Australasian Photographic Review

A Flashlight Group Photograph, taken by Mr. E.T. Robson,
of those present at a Fancy Dress Ball, held by the
WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

21st July 1926
Page 12 - POVERTY BAY HERALD, VOLUME LII, ISSUE 17091
Page 12 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19307
Page 10 - MANAWATU STANDARD, VOLUME XLVI, ISSUE 197
22nd July 1926
Page 10 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME LXIII, ISSUE 19386
Page 20 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME LVII, ISSUE 172
Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 19848
Page 4 - WAIKATO TIMES, VOLUME 101, ISSUE 16855
23rd July 1926
Page 3 - PRESS, VOLUME LXII, ISSUE 18751
24th July 1926
Page 8 - MANAWATU TIMES, VOLUME XLIX, ISSUE 3407
15th September 1926
Volume 33 Number 9 - Page 456
The Australasian Photographic Review

NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The Annual New Zealand Inter-Club Photographic Exhibition was held in Wellington in July, under the joint auspices of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society and the Wellington Camera Circle. Mr. J.A. Heginbotham kindly acted as judge, and Mr. J.W. Pickles as Secretary of the Exhibition. Eight societies competed, sending in sets of 12 pictures each, and the judge very favorably commented on the standard of work, which was higher than that of previous years. Pictorial photography in Wellington is very gradually attracting more attention, and the attendance on this occasion was very gratifying to the Wellington Clubs.

The results were as follows:

RANK	CLUB	POINTS
1st	Dunedin Photographic Society	1,127
2nd	Wellington Camera Circle	1,119
3rd	Auckland Photographic Society	1,018
4th	Invercargill Photographic Society	1,011
5th	Wellington Amateur Photographic Society	928
6th	Christchurch Photographic Society	900
7th	Masterton Photographic Society	766
8th	Timaru Photographic Society	696

A number of pictures were awarded 100 points, and the judge declared the best picture in the Exhibition to be “BARBARA", by Mr. A.S. MITCHELL, of the Wellington Camera Circle. The pictures will be shown in the other New Zealand centers by the clubs concerned.



3rd AUGUST 1926
Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 19318

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Full details of the New Zealand Inter-Club Photographic Competition, which was decided at Wellington last month, have now come to hand.

The Dunedin Amateur Photographic Society won the championship with 1,127 marks out of a possible 1,300, Wellington Camera Club 1,119, Auckland Camera Club 1,018, Invercargill Camera Club (which had held the championship for several years) 1,011, Wellington Amateur Photographic Society 928.

There were eight clubs represented, each of which submitted twelve photographs, no individual member being allowed to submit more than two. Two members of the Dunedin Society gained the maximum marks (100), Mr H.H. Gardner with "The Morn Awakes", and Mr G. Chance both with "Museum Entrance, Christchurch", and "Laborers of the Field". Mr C.A. Weedon secured 98 with a picture of "Victoria Quay, Dunedin". Seven competitors from other centres also secured the maximum number of marks.



18th SEPTEMBER 1926
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 69

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The annual report of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society shows that the operations of the society and the financial position for the year were satisfactory. The most important feature of the year was the New Zealand Inter-Club exhibition, in which much interest was taken by members. Praise is given to the excellent work done by the Social Committee. Various demonstrations and lantern lectures helped materially to maintain interest in the society. The society is now affiliated with the Royal Photographic Society, England. Officers for the ensuing year were appointed as follows: Patron, Sir John Luke, M.P.; President, Mr. Malcolm Ross; vice-Presidents, Messrs. J.A. Heginbotham, J.W. Jones, J.K. Mackay, A.S. Mitchell, G. Norton, and E.T. Robson; committee, Misses G. Campbell, A.L. Fitchett, E. Moginie, Messrs. H.F. Clapham, D.B. Mackersey and H.C. Peart; auditor, Mr. H.B. Appleyard; librarian, Mrs. Blackett; treasurer, Miss A.L. Welsby; secretary, Miss Hannah Johnson.



15th October 1926
Volume 33 Number 10 - Page 508
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The fifteenth annual report of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society shows that a steady interest has been maintained during the past year. The New Zealand Inter-Club Photographic Exhibition, held in Wellington this year, was perhaps the most important feature of the year. Dunedin Photographic Society being awarded first place, and Wellington Camera Circle second. The standard of work was higher this year, and more interest was shown by the public. Monthly competitions were well maintained, and the annual competitions were held as usual, the trophies being kindly donated by the photographic dealers and President. The Social Committee arranged a very enjoyable plain and fancy dress dance and euchre party on June 2, and the institution of supper after winter meetings was much appreciated. Lantern lectures and practical demonstration lectures have been given, and every inducement offered to interest and instruct members. The year closed with a satisfactory credit balance.

The election of officers resulted as follows:

ELECTION OF OFFICERS 1926 - 1927				PATRON: SIR JOHN P. LUKE		President Mr. MALCOLM ROSS
Vice President: Mr. J.A. Heginbotham	Vice President: Mr. J.W. Jones	Vice President: Mr. J.K. Mackay	Vice President: Mr. A.S. Mitchell	Vice President: Mr. G. Norton	Vice President: Mr. E.T. Robson	HON.SECRETARY: Miss Hannah Johnson	Hon. Treasurer: Miss A.L. Welsby
Committee: Miss G. Campbell	Committee: Miss A.L. Fitchett	Committee: Miss E. Moginie	Committee: Mr. H.F. Clapham	Committee: Mr. D.B. Mackersey	Committee: Mr. H.C. Peart	Hon. Librarian: Mrs. Blackett	Hon. Auditor: Mr. H.B. Appleyard

Five new members were elected at the annual meeting, and with the kindly co-operation of all members, the Society looks forward to a progressive future.



19th NOVEMBER 1926
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 122

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Amateur Photographic Society has decided to change its name to the Wellington Camera Club. It has also decided to apply for incorporation under the Incorporated Societies Act, 1908. At the last meeting the figure study competition:

FIGURE STUDY COMPETITION:

SENIOR: FIRST: Mr. D.C. Mackessey

SENIOR: SECOND: Mr. E. Cousins

JUNIOR: FIRST: Miss C. M'Gill

JUNIOR: SECOND: Miss Campbell

7th DECEMBER 1926
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 137

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
An especially interesting evening was spent at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when Messrs. J.W. Jones and M.J. Pickles showed a number of motion pictures, mostly taken in the scenic resorts of the North Island. Mr. Jones had carried his hand cinema camera to the summit of Mount Egmont and to the thermal regions during a holiday tour. A "close up" of one of the big geysers was so distinct that the camera must have been be-spattered with the boiling water. These views, and especially some of the Nuka Falls and the Aratiatia Rapids on the Waikato River, were especially interesting, not only from a scenic point of view but also as an indication of what can be accomplished with a hand cinema camera. Various other views taken in and about Wellington, on the Tararuas, and in the Orongorongo Valley were also shown by Mr. Jones, and briefly described by Mr. Pickles, both of whom were thanked for the interesting and informative evening they had provided. During the Christmas and New Year holidays the members of the club will be busy with their cameras in various holiday resorts throughout the Dominion, in places as wide apart and varied as Rotorua and Milford Sound.



15th December 1926
Volume 33 Number 12 - Page 613
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON AMATEUR PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
The Annual Competitions for 1925-6, of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society, resulted as follows: Monthly Competitions:
HIGHEST AGGREGATE: Miss Hannah Johnson, Senior.
HIGHEST AGGREGATE: Miss Campbell and Miss Moginie, Junior (tie).
HARRINGTON’S TROPHY: best portrait by artificial light (Junior only), Miss Campbell.
PHOTOGRAPH OF MOVING OBJECT: Miss E. Moginie, Junior.
KODAK TROPHY: table top photograph. Mr. S.E. Cousins, Senior.
WATERWORTH’S TROPHY: set of 3 city views, Miss Johnson, Senior.
Mr. J.W. JONES TROPHY: landscape, Mr. S.E. Cousins, Senior.
SEASCAPE: Miss Campbell, Junior.
Mr. MALCOLM ROSS TROPHY: harbour view, Miss Johnson.

At the October meeting the President. Mr. Malcolm Ross, delivered a very interesting lecture, illustrated by self-made lantern slides, entitled “A Photographer in the War"; this proved to be a financial success, though the very wet night prevented many people from attending.

Mr. J.A. Heginbotham recently addressed members on “Pictorial Composition", illustrating his remarks by means of numerous sketches, showing balance of line and form, and members work should benefit considerably.

CHANGED NAME TO

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB

NEW ZEALAND

4th FEBRUARY 1927
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 29

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At this week's meeting of the Wellington Camera Club the first prize in the junior landscape competition was won by Miss Welsby and the second by Miss Mogine. In the senior competition Miss Johnson was first and second. Interesting criticisms on the pictures in the senior competition were made by three members. New rules with a view to the club being registered under the Incorporated Societies Act were approved. Mr. J.K. Mackay will lecture on "The Carbon Process" at next meeting.



9th April 1927
Page 14 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 84

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a large attendance at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, at which Mr. A.S Mitchell delivered, to an appreciative audience, a very interesting lecture on "Portraiture". Mr. Mitchell advised beginners, after serving an apprenticeship in landscape photography, to practice on children. He stated that the whole success of portraiture depended on suitable lighting. Easily followed instructions were given to avoid the pitfalls common to amateurs, such as distortion, under-exposure, incorrect development, etc. Numerous artistic examples of Mr. Mitchell's work were passed round for inspection, and showed the high standard possible of attainment by enthusiastic amateurs. Mr. J.H. McKay also assisted in some printing and developing, showing results with various papers. At the conclusion of the lecture, Mr. Mitchell was warmly thanked. Refreshments served by the social committee terminated a profitable and pleasant evening.



15th April 1927
Volume 34 Number 4 - Page 188
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The rules of the Society have lately been revised and brought up to date, and the name changed from Wellington Amateur Photographic Society to Wellington Camera Club. The matter of incorporation is also being proceeded with.

Several new members have joined up lately, and some interesting meetings have been held. Mr. J.K. Mackay gave a very instructive demonstration lecture on “The Carbon Process”. As a result several members produced more or less successful carbon prints at next meeting.



22nd April 1927
Page 12 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 94

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club a competition was held for the best sepia-toned picture. Mr. J.W. Jones placed the senior winners in the following order:
SENIOR: Mr. D.B. Mackersey, 1; Miss Johnson, 2; Mrs. M.L. Russell, 3.

The junior pictures were judged by the vote of members present, the result being:
JUNIOR: Miss G. Campbell, 1; Mr. H.T.M. Fathers, 2; Miss G. Campbell, 3.

Mr. J.K. Mackay criticized for the instruction of members the pictures exhibited.



30th April 1927
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 100

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
INVITE all interested to attend a Lantern Lecture on "Travels in New Zealand", by Mr. H.C. Peart, to be held in Y.M.C.A. HALL, Willis street, on TUESDAY, 3rd MAY, At 8pm sharp. Admission 1s.



7th MAY 1927
Page 11 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 106

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club members and their friends were entertained and much interested by a lantern lecture given by Mr. H.C. Peart. Mr. Peart has traveled over nearly all the scenic routes of New Zealand, usually on foot or bicycle, with his camera for companion, and one result has been the collection of a comprehensive and artistic aeries of pictures. The pick of this series, many of them beautifully colored, was shown on the screen and described by Mr. Peart. He was heartily thanked for his most interesting and instructive entertainment.



19th MAY 1927
Page 9 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 116

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last evening there was a large attendance of members, who were greatly interested in a lecture on "Methods of Control in Printing", given by Mr. E.T. Robson, a vice-President of the club. Mr. Robson, who was one of the photographers on the New Zealand tour of the Duke and Duchess of York, demonstrated how, with negatives taken, under most unfavorable circumstances at Wanaka, he was able to obtain good results in printing by superimposing a lightly-printed positive upon the original negative, thus masking to a certain extent a thin foreground so that the dense clouds in the negative appeared effectively in the print.

He also indicated how improvements could be made by masking certain parts of a negative, and how, on a ground glass backed negative, high lights could be worked up or the darkness of shadows lessened by means of the pencil. He also dealt with combination printing, and. exhibited a print of which the foreground was printed from a negative taken in the Buller Gorge while the sky was from a negative taken in Northumberland, England, twenty years ago — an exhibit which not only interested but amused his audience.

Finally, he gave a demonstration of the Bromoil process of printing which is done on the swollen gelatin of a bleached print with various inks. This process, the invention of a famous French photographer, he said; gave greater possibilities of control than any other printing process. Mr. Robson was accorded a very hearty vote of thanks.



21st MAY 1927
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 118
28th MAY 1927
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 123
30th MAY 1927
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 124
31st MAY 1927
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 125

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PLAIN, POSTER, AND FANCY DRESS DANCE, to be held in Mokoia Hall, Cambridge avenue, on WEDNESDAY 1st JUNE. Prizes for fancy and poster costumes, best waltzing couple, and Monte Carlo Dance. Spot light and flash photo. Prices, 5s, 3s, and 2s 6d. Tickets obtainable from Kodak, Ltd. J.W. Jones, Manners street, and Mrs. Russell, Social Secretary, 199, Ridiford street.



15th June 1927
Volume 34 Number 6 - Page 292
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the Wellington Camera Club meeting, Mr. A.S. Mitchell recently delivered a very interesting lecture on “Portraiture”. He advised beginners, after serving an apprenticeship in landscape photography, to practise on children, and stated that the whole success of portraiture depended on suitable lighting. Easily followed instructions were given to avoid the pitfalls common to amateurs, such as distortion, under exposure, incorrect development, etc.; and the numerous artistic examples of Mr. Mitchell’s work which were passed round for inspection, showed the high standard possible of attainment by enthusiastic amateurs. Mr. J.H. Mackay assisted in some printing and developing, showing results with various papers.

Another interesting evening was devoted to a display of some 80 lantern slides made by Mr. Peart from photographs taken on his tours through New Zealand; also included was a series showing the beautiful pink and white terraces at Rotorua before the eruption of 1886. The pictures were most artistic, both in composition and coloring, and were much admired. Mr. Peart lectured on the slides, Mr. D.B. Mackersey being lanternist.

A demonstration on sepia-toning, followed by a competition for the best picture sepia toned, was also much enjoyed by members.



15th June 1927
Volume 34 Number 6 - Page 292
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB

We are indebted to Mr. E.T. Robson for the excellent flashlight reproduced above, made on the occasion of the club’s Plain Poster and Fancy Dress Ball, held recently. In the center of the group are the Patron, Sir John Luke, and Lady Luke, and the President, Mr. Malcolm Ross. The success of the fixture was due to the splendid efforts of a social committee under the direction of Mrs. Russell.



16th JUNE 1927
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 139

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the Wellington Camera Club meeting last evening prints made by members in a competition that was both interesting and educative were handed in. A number of negatives of a rather difficult subject had been supplied by Mr. E.T. Robson to members who were asked to make a modified or controlled print of any size from the negative. The results were exceedingly interesting as showing how a photograph could be improved artistically by eliminating or altering certain features, by softening hard lines, by the printing-in of clouds, and by trimming to get the best composition. There was a large attendance of members to whom Mr. Robson and others made interesting criticisms of the different methods that had been adopted. The next meeting of the club is to be devoted to a lecture on a specially interesting subject — orthochromatic photography — to be demonstrated by Mr. H.B. Appleyard.



14th SEPTEMBER 1927
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIV, ISSUE 65

EXHIBITION OF PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY

1927 INTER-CLUB COMPETITION

(84 Pictures)

THURSDAY, 15th, to SATURDAY, 17th

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB

ROOM 5, FOWLDS'S BUILDING,
Herbert street

2pm to 4.30pm and 7pm to 9.30pm

Public invited.
Collection only

16th SEPTEMBER 1927
Page 12 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIV, ISSUE 67

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PHOTOGRAPHIC SHOW
An interesting exhibition of photographs was held on Wednesday at the rooms of the Wellington Camera Club. The pictures shown were those submitted by the various New Zealand clubs to the recent New Zealand Inter-Club competition held in Dunedin, at which Wellington secured third and fifth places, Dunedin being first and Auckland second. Mr. J.A.G. Heginbotham, who reviewed the pictures at length in congratulating the Wellington clubs on their successes, stated that in his opinion the quality of the work shown was not as high as that exhibited in previous years. He stressed the point that the correct rendering of tone values was the essence of good photography, and illustrated this point by reference to various pictures, showing how the proper modeling of the subject was dependent upon the correct relation of its tone values. The highly "fuzzy" and pigmented effects were condemned as being poor art and out of date, as was also the type of photograph which showed a critical definition of every minor detail. The pictures, which are fairly representative, include the work of G. Chance FRPS (Dunedin), J.W. Jones FRPS (Wellington), A.C.V. Baker (Invercargill), G.E. Jones FRPS (Auckland), and many others. The exhibition is open to the public for the remainder of this week.



26th SEPTEMBER 1927
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIV, ISSUE 75

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, a very satisfactory report on the year's work was submitted. Two public lectures were given during the year by the President (Mr. Malcolm Ross) and Mr. C.H. Peart. These were a success financially and otherwise. Messrs. Jones and Pickles also gave an interesting lecture to members in the clubroom. This was illustrated with cinematograph views of New Zealand scenery.

The annual report states:
The society has been fortunate in the class of demonstration lectures given on various occasions, much helpful information being given. A lecture on pictorial composition by Mr. J.A. Heginbotham early in the year, illustrated by means of sketches, was very much appreciated. Mr. J.K. Mackay demonstrated "The Carbon Process" with excellent results. Messrs. Peart and Mackersey were responsible for an interesting sepia-toning demonstration. Mr. A.S. Mitchell lectured to an appreciative audience on "Portraiture" and numerous artistic examples of his work were handed round and much admired. Mr. H.B. Appleyard gave a very instructive lecture on "Orthochromatic Photography" suitably illustrated. Mr. E.H. Grounsell and Mr. W.H. Simpson also lectured on "Camera Products of Great Britain" and "Some Modern Uses of Photography", respectively. Two special addresses with practical applications, followed by competitions putting in practice the information gained, were given by Mr. E.T. Robson on "Methods of Control in Printing", and Mr. J.K. Mackay on "Finishing the Print".

Successful competitions and social functions and outings were held during the year. The ladies of the club had provided refreshments at the conclusion of all the fortnightly meetings. The club concluded the year with a satisfactory credit balance. The close of another year finds the club still advancing in membership and influence. It has now been decided to form a junior branch for youths to be instructed in the art of photography technically and pictorially.



15th OCTOBER 1927
Volume 34 Number 10 - Page 500
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the sixteenth annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club held on 21st September, the President, Mr. Malcolm Ross, in the chair, the annual report disclosed a healthy state of affairs, advancement having been made in various directions. The attendance of members has been well maintained, on several occasions all available space being occupied.

A set of twelve pictures was entered for the 1927 New Zealand Inter-Club Competition, held this year in Dunedin, the Society gaining third place.

Five Competitions were held at intervals, including: Best modified or controlled print, any process, any size, from 1/4 plate negatives supplied by Mr. E.T. Robson; and the best mounted picture from enlargements supplied by Mr. J.K. Mackay. These proved very educative, both for entrants and lookers-on.

The election of officers resulted as follows:

ELECTION OF OFFICERS 1927 - 1928						Patron: Sir John P. Luke		President Mr. Malcolm Ross
Vice President: Mr. J.A. Heginbotham	Vice President: Mr. J.W. Jones	Vice President: Mr. J.K. Mackay	Vice President: Mr. A.S. Mitchell ARPS	Vice President: Mr. G. Norton	Vice President: Mr. E.T. Robson	HON.SECRETARY: Miss Hannah Johnson	Hon. Treasurer: Miss A.L. Welsby	Committee: Miss G. Campbell	Committee: Miss A.L. Fitchett
Committee: Mr. H.T.M. Fathers	Committee: Mr. C.H. McGill	Committee: Mr. D.B. Mackersey	Committee: Mr. J.L. Stewart	Hon. Librarian Mrs. Blackett	Hon. Auditor: Mr. J.L. Stewart	Hon. Social Director: Mr. C.H. McGill	Hon. Competition Secretary: Mr. H.C. Peart		Hon. Reporter Mr. George Osborne

It was also decided to form a Junior Branch for youths 16 years and over, with a separate meeting, and the following Committee was appointed to deal with same: Mrs. M.L. Russell (Convener), Messrs. P.S. Foley, S.J. Levy and D.B. Mackersey.



4th NOVEMBER 1927
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIV, ISSUE 109

THOSE WERE THE DAYS
MINING TOWNS OF LONG AGO
Melancholy reminders of mining days long past were referred to by Mr. H.A. Mealand in a lecture given at the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. With two other travelers, he made a rough bicycle trip from Nelson to Timaru by way of the West Coast. Illustrating his remarks with lantern slides, he said one of the weirdest experiences at Lyell was to see the crumbling remnants of what was once a populous town. To-day scarcely a score of people live in Lyell and blackberries are covering the ruins of the dwellings. Houses, shops, schools churches, and dance halls were all there silent empty falling into ruins, and "haunted by the ghosts of those who frequented them". Two hotels remain standing, and these are tenanted, but their bars which were crowded by night and day are empty, and never again are they likely to be packed with miners clamorous for drink and paying for it in gold.

Mr Mealand then vividly described deserted Charleston, another mining town where men from all parts of the world joined in the feverish quest for gold. A hotel, post office, and police station remain, and are practically the only inhabited buildings in a town where once 18,000 people lived.

"In a church in Charleston", said Mr Mealand, "there were books of devotion in the pews. They were left open just as if the worshipers had been in the church that day; there was even an announcement of the last service that was ever held there. The hymns of the day were up. It might have been the interval between morning and evening services on any Sunday, except for the heavy layer of dust over everything, the glassless windows, and the odor of death and decay that lingered in this place. There was an organ in the church, and when it was played it proved to be quite a good instrument. The hymn book stood open on the organ. Surely never had the player who left it there dreamt that the same hymn would be next played there in this year of grace, 1927? In that place 'the wicked man turned away from his wickedness that he had committed', together with the righteous man who doubted whether he had anything to confess; true penitents had knelt in that church, brides and bridegrooms united at its altar had walked together, man and wife, down its aisle, running the gauntlet of gazing crowds; into that church, too, had no doubt been carried all that was left of some poor warrior who had fought and fallen in the battle of life, gone hence to be no more seen".

At Brighton, some miles further on, Mr. Mealaud said he was informed that there were eighteen dance halls on its beach, and that they were crowded all night and all day with miners who never lacked partners. To-day very little to recall these wild times remains, except local traditions and rotting timbers.

Mr. J.K. Mackay, who presided, called for a vote of thanks of the club to Mr Mealand for his interesting lecture, which was given with acclamation. The lantern was operated by Mr. J.W. Jones.



17th NOVEMBER 1927
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIV, ISSUE 120

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MAKING THE PICTURE
Anyone can press the camera release, but not everyone can produce a real picture from the negative obtained, said Mr. J.W. Jones, lecturing to members of the Wellington Camera Club on Wednesday. He showed how cloud forms which figured in an average landscape would often not appear in the print unless special attention was given them by the worker. Contrary to popular opinion, pulling the trigger is perhaps the least important operation, it being necessary sometimes to spend hours of patient work on a single portion of a negative before a faithful or interesting result can be obtained. Mr. J.K. Mackay, who conducted the meeting, in thanking Mr. Jones for his interesting address, hopes the fruits of it would be a higher standard for photographic art in Wellington.



9th DECEMBER 1927
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIV, ISSUE 139

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Interesting sidelights on Samoan history were thrown by Mr. Malcolm Ross F.R.G.S., at the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. He used many lantern slides to illustrate his remarks and experiences as a war correspondent during the troubles there in the late eighties. He also referred to the influences of the fertility, or want of it, of the various islands upon the physique of their peoples. Mention was also made of certain natural history features, among them being the presence of the shining cuckoo, a regular visitant to New Zealand. Mr. Ross referred to the close racial connections between the Polynesians generally, showing how they possess a practically common history and language. References were also made to R.L. Stevenson's associations with Samoa and its people. Mr. Ross recalled having met in Samoa two young naval officers, who were to become famous in the Great War as Admiral Gaunt and Admiral Sturdee. A vote of thanks with acclamation was accorded to Mr. Ross.

An exhibition of landscapes by members of the club followed.



16th FEBRUARY 1928
Page 18 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CV, ISSUE 39

GROWING WELLINGTON
IN THE NOT-SO-LONG-AGO
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. G. Norton at the Wellington Camera Club last evening gave a most interesting pictorial address, entitled "The Wellington of Not-So-Long-Ago". He showed how the reconstruction of streets on modern lines, the erection of great steel-frame buildings, and the increasingly heavy motor traffic of quite recent date were changing the face and aspect of the city all within the memory of men and women barely yet of middle age. As if by magic, shops go down and in there place a picture palace appears, resplendent with its gaudy posters, ornate front, and colored lights. But soon one regards the theatre as an old and friendly institution; and in a few months maybe one wonders what was there before. So it is in Wellington, said Mr. Norton. These changes are constantly being made, and the city develops an entirely new character. This is where the camera as historian comes in. It stops time, holds it up as it were for leisurely contemplation. Many a snapshot taken in an idle moment becomes a milestone in a city's growth.

Mr. Norton showed how it is always interesting to go through old photographs. The older they become the more telling their story. This was clearly demonstrated last evening to the camera club. Mr. G. Norton showed a large and interesting collection of photographs taken in Wellington within the last 40 or 50 years. Among them was a picture of the General Post Office which might have been taken to-day, except that it faced the Queen's Wharf, the edge of which was then lined with row boats swung in davits. Another interesting picture showed the procession which commemorated the inauguration of the "eight hours day". Bullock teams had their part in that show, and whiskers were worn. Familiar buildings figured in what seemed strange surroundings, such as St. Peter's Church, backed by gaunt and desolate hills, which to-day form the closely settled suburb of Brooklyn. The old iron hulk too which lies rotting on the foreshore towards Ngahauranga is all that remains of the trim little steamer the Snark, sent out to New Zealand in sections and assembled at Port Chalmers, where it was launched broadside on, scooping up a large quantity of the harbour and thoroughly drenching all on board and those taking part in the christening ceremony.

Mr. Norton showed many other pictures, such as a street with here and there one and two roomed shacks with their quaint wooden chimneys. To-day this is Grant road with its fine two storied residences. Oriental Bay too was hard to recognize without its concrete promenade, and merely as a quiet beach and a few scattered cottages on the shore.

In any New Zealand town, said Mr. Norton, a man need not be old to accumulate reminiscences. He may take his pipe and begin his story of the buildings that were, and to-day are not; of what was the sea and now is the land. In an age of industrialism it was good to remember these things, for to the poet they made romance, and to the materialist they stood for development and progress. Mr. Norton was cordially thanked for his address. Mr. J.K. MacKay presided.



17th MARCH 1928
Page 17 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CV, ISSUE 65

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, after ordinary business had been done, a collection of lantern slides made by members was shown on the screen. The series included views of old Wellington and the harbour made by Mr. Norton, and of New Zealand scenery by Mr. Peart and others.

The resignation of the honorary secretaryship by Miss H. Johnson, who intends making a trip abroad, was accepted with regret, as for several years she has proved herself a most industrious and efficient executive officer. The club placed on record its appreciation of Miss Johnson's services, and members will make her a presentation before her departure for London.

The club continues to progress, and has now more members than its premises can conveniently accommodate. A class for boys has been started by a few enthusiasts. Mr. J.L. Stewart was unanimously appointed HON.SECRETARY for the remainder of the year.



23rd MARCH 1928
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVI, ISSUE 70

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY
It has often been said that the use of varnishes and pigments in photography is neither good photography nor true art, and that the sphere of the camera was in a subtle and delicate rendering of monotones in their various and correct gradations. While not disputing this latter point, Mr. E.T. Robson, lecturing at the Wellington Camera Club on Wednesday, stated emphatically that a very few "direct prints" were entirely satisfactory from an artistic or any other point of view. He instanced the case of Will Clayden, who suddenly rose to photographic fame by his presentation of a marine study called "Tugging Home". This picture, which carried off numerous prizes in England, the Continent, and the United States, was practically a "direct print", and it was Mr. Clayden's one great success. Mr. Robson said it was when the medium obtruded that it became objectionable, and photography had a lot to suffer for in this respect. It was the wholesale and indiscriminate use of varnishes, pigments, and the "fuzzy" effects used by would-be photographers that had caused so much prejudice against these adjuncts of the pictorialist. That their use was justified was not only proved but ably demonstrated by Mr. Robson to the satisfaction of his audience, who showed appreciation in a vote of thanks proposed by Mr. C.H. M'Gill, who presided.



7th APRIL 1928
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CV, ISSUE 82

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The statement that "the camera cannot lie" has been so often repeated that it has become an accepted fact, but this is only true in a very general sense and particularly so in the photography of colored objects, said Mr. W.H. Simpson in a lecture dealing with this subject at the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. Certain colors photographed, by ordinary means, he said, give a result quite contrary to that recorded by the human eye. It was to rectify this that the camera was given glasses, or in other words light filters, which brought the photographed values into line with those recorded by the eye. Since the discovery by Vogel in 1873 that photographic emulsion could by treatment with certain dyes, and in conjunction with the use of appropriate light filters, be made to give a truthful result in monotone of colored objects, the camera has taken a very important place in the equipment of scientists and doctors and in the commercial world at large. Mr. Simpson was cordially thanked for his lecture by the President, Mr. Malcolm Ross, on behalf of the club. Mr. Ross also took the opportunity to say good-bye to the club's retiring secretary, Miss H. Johnson, who is about to visit England and the Continent, and to thank her for the efficient and enthusiastic manner in which she had carried out her honorary duties.



19th APRIL 1928
Page 8 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CV, ISSUE 92

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY
To photograph in color is quite possible, said Mr. H.C. Peart, in a lecture at the Wellington Camera Club last evening. The process, however, is complex, and rather expensive for the average person, and for these reasons it had not displaced one-tone photography. It is possible, he said, to modify single-tone rendering by choice of a color suited to method or subject, and while much has been said against brown seascapes and blue river scenes, in that they are unreal, yet realism is not necessarily art, and if the pictorialist finds that the use of these toning methods gives him a greater facility of expression, then he is justified in their adoption. Mr. Peart, who was accorded a hearty vote of thanks by members, illustrated his lecture by demonstrating one of the various toning methods.



9th JUNE 1928
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CV, ISSUE 135

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PHOTOGRAPHERS OF THE TWENTIES
The Wellington Camera Club and their friends met last week to celebrate the opening of new rooms with a "house-warming", to which several members of the old Wellington Camera Club, now long out of existence, were invited. The evening proved both interesting and enjoyable. Especially interesting were the reminiscences of Messrs. W.G. Barltrop, J.A. Heginbotham, and H. Baillie, who had been members of the original club. In those days photography had not developed to its present high state of mechanical and chemical efficiency, but the work done was, nevertheless, remarkable for the high artistic standard attained. Mr. Barltrop, one of the visitors, had with him the name board of the old club, which he now handed on to the new organization.

He brought with him also a syllabus and list of members of the club 27 years ago. The club's patron then was the Earl of Ranfurly, and the President Mr. James M'Lellan. The vice-Presidents were A.C. Gifford and R.L. Mestayer, the judge Malcolm Ross (now President), treasurer George Wright, HON.SECRETARY Alister Brown (of the "Evening Post"), hon. lanternist, G.W. Barltrop, auditor W.C. Stephens.

A list of the members makes interesting reading to-day.

LIFE MEMBER: M. Buckley Joyce			HONORARY MEMBER: W.L.T. Travers		HONORARY MEMBER: Malcolm Ross
OTHER MEMBERS OF THE OLD CLUB IN 1901
J. Alcorn	W. Allan	S. Allan	G.W. Barltrop	H. Beauchamp	A. de Bathe Brandon	H.D. Baker
A. Barradeaux	Alister Brown	E.B. Bristow	C.W. Benbow	H. Baillie	Henry Brittain	A. Bow
Mrs. A. Bow	A.P. Buller	J. Barton	James Baird	G.A. Chapman	Miss Chalmers	J. Duff
Henry Davidson	Dr. Ewart	Mrs. Evans	Mrs. Fulton	Mrs. W.C. Fitzgerald	W.H. Field	A.C. Gifford
Mrs. Girdlestone	F.S. Greenshields	E.J. Harrison	T.M. Hardy	J.A. Heginbotham	Miss Holt	F. Howard
Mrs. Helyer	C. Henricks	F.W. Haybittle	Mrs. Hayward	G.A. Hill	H. Huggins	E.W. Hunt
T. Holt	G.H.R. Ibbotson	B. Holt	L. Jenkins	B. Joyce	A.B. Heyworth	W.A. Kiely
W. Kimball	Dr. Kingston-Fyffe	H.A. Kirkcaldie	James M'Lellan	R.L. Mestayer	Miss Mason	W.H.S. Moorhouse
J. M'Curdy	F.C. Milward	G. Norton	J.H. Owen	J. Paul	C. Pearce	J.A. Pike
T. Pringle	Dr. Purdy	J. Polson	W. Prouse	C. Renter	Mrs. Malcolm Ross	Malcolm Ross
C.O. Rosenberg	G.A. Reid	D. Robertson	Miss M. Stewart	Orton Stevens	Miss M. Shaw	Miss H. Shaw
Mrs. D.T. Stewart	Mrs. Sullivan	G. Sinclair	H.H. Seed	W.H. Selbey	W.C. Stephens	Miss Stafford
W.R. Symonds	T. Scholes	J.A. Thompson	R.T. Turnbull	A.H. Turnbull	C.W. Tanner	W.L.T. Travers
C. Trevithie	Miss B. Trevithie	W.H. Tustin	A. Truelove	H. Urquhart	A. Veitch	E. Weightman
M'Gregor Wright	G. Wright	S.G. Watson	T.H. Watson	Miss C. Wilson	S.J. White	J. Zachariah

Several of the members of the old club have left their mark on the city's progress and history. Many have passed away, but those who are still with us will have pleasant memories of the days they spent afield with their cameras in the early 'twenties and even before then. It would be interesting if a collection of prints from their most historical negatives could be made to-day.

Among those who attended the social meeting were Sir John Luke (Patron of the club) and Lady Luke.



29th AUGUST 1928
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVI, ISSUE 44

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club held a most enjoyable evening in the Clubroom, Wakefield street, on Wednesday evening last. Dancing, songs, competitions, and games were indulged in. Solos were given by Mrs. J.W. Jones, Mrs. D, Kennedy, and Mr. Dellow. Mr. J. Hansen presided at the piano. The committee responsible for the successful evening were Mrs. Blackett, Miss Campbell, Miss Welsby, and Miss Moginie, and the Messrs. Matthews, M'Gill, and Watson. Mr. Charles M'Gill proved a capable M.C., whilst Mr. F.E. Matthews acted as Hon. Secretary.



11th SEPTEMBER 1928
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVI, ISSUE 53
12th SEPTEMBER 1928
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVI, ISSUE 54

NEW ZEALAND INTERCLUB

EXHIBITION of PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY

Under the auspices of the
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB

Exhibits by the Leading Pictorial Workers of New Zealand.

The Exhibition will be officially opened by Sir John Luke

WEDNESDAY, 12th September, at 8pm,
at the Clubroom, corner of Wakefield and Tory streets.

Will also be open on Thursday, 13th September, and Thursday, 20th September, from 8pm to 10pm.

The international collection of pictorial photography, "Photograms of the Year 1923", will also be exhibited.

A cordial invitation is extended to all interested.

12th SEPTEMBER 1928
Page 9 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVI, ISSUE 54

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
Every year a competition is held between the photographic clubs of New Zealand, and these competitions may be taken as an index as to the standard of photographic art in the Dominion. This year the competition is being held at Wellington, and the competing pictures are now on view at the club room of the Wellington Camera Club, corner of Wakefield and Tory streets. In conjunction with this exhibition is being shown a representative collection of pictures by some of the leading photo pictorialists of the world. It is not often that two exhibitions of this kind coincide, and the opportunity of seeing international and New Zealand artists together should not be missed. The exhibition will be opened this evening by Sir J.P. Luke M.P., and those interested are invited to attend. The pictures will be available for public view to-night, to-morrow, and the follow Thursday night.

SIR JOHN PEARCE LUKE CMG

Born 16th July 1858 Penzance, Cornwall, England
Died 7th December 1931 (aged 73) Wellington, New Zealand

20th MAYOR OF WELLINGTON, NEW ZEALAND
1913 to 1921

19th OCTOBER 1928
Page 8 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVI, ISSUE 85

FANTASTIC SCENERY
AT WELLINGTON'S DOOR
Gustave Dore, in search of fantastic material for illustrating Dante or Milton, would have been thrilled by the sight of Putangarua Pinnacle, comparatively quite close to Wellington. These were described by Mr. J.A. Baine, of the Tararua Tramping Club, to the Wellington Camera Club, on Wednesday, as "pinnacles of a conglomerate composed of ancient sea bed and studded with fossilized shells, stand like ruined castle, gaunt and eerie, some hundreds of feet high". This curious geological formation, said Mr. Baine, is to be found on the east side of Palliser Bay, in the Haurangi district, and can be visited comfortably during a week-end from Wellington. It extends for some considerable distance. But the more remarkable of these formations are to be found in an area of about one to two square miles, approximately a quarter of a mile from the sea. The whole district is backed by the Haurangi watershed, which was the creator and will in time be the destroyer of these extraordinary natural phenomena, said Mr. Baine. In fact, a difference in appearance had been noticed in quite recent years. For the sportsman the curious country had its charms, it being no uncommon experience to meet both deer and wild pig. Mr. Baine said he saw no birds or nests in the immediate vicinity. The pinnacles, he stated, should not be climbed, as their crumbling character provided the most treacherous footholds. At the conclusion of his address the lecturer was accorded a hearty vote of thanks. Mr. Malcolm Ross was in the chair, and the lantern was operated by Mr. J.W. Pickles.



7th FEBRUARY 1929
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVII, ISSUE 31

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PROGRESS OF PHOTOGRAPHY
How photography has been reduced to an expert science was explained and demonstrated by Mr. P.R. Billing to a meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last evening. Mr. Billing referred to the large number of chemists and other scientists engaged in photographic research, prominent among them being Mr. Alfred Watkins, whose system of negative development had revolutionized that branch of photography, practically superseding the old rule of thumb methods. Mr. Billing, on the motion of the President (Mr. Malcolm Ross) was accorded a hearty vote of thanks for his lecture.



6th MARCH 1929
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVII, ISSUE 53

WELCOME HOME
A pleasant party was given recently by Mr. and Mrs. G.W. Key, of Island Bay (assisted by Mr. and Mrs. J. Moller), when they entertained a large gathering of members of the Wellington Camera Club and friends at a surprise party to welcome back from England Miss H. Johnson, a former secretary of the club. Dancing and musical items were indulged in, and after a dainty supper Mr. E.T. Robson proposed the health of Miss Johnson, who suitably responded. On behalf of the Wellington Camera Club, Mr. P.B. Billing thanked Mr. and Mrs. Key for their kindness, and a very pleasant evening closed with the playing of the National Anthem.



22nd APRIL 1929
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVII, ISSUE 92

AN ENJOYABLE EVENING
The Wellington Camera Club held another enjoyable evening recently, when members and their friends gathered together and indulged in dancing, competitions, and games. Mrs. Thompson and the Messrs. A. and M. Thompson, with Mr. Hurmell, gave banjo items, and Mr. J.W. Johnston contributed a solo. The committee responsible for the pleasant evening comprised Mrs. Blackett, Miss Moginie, Miss Welsby, Miss Campbell, and Miss Tinney, and the Messrs. M'Gill, Matthews, Mills, Watson, and Searle. Mr. M'Gill again proved a capable M.C., and Mr. Matthews an energetic secretary. Amongst those present were Mr. Malcolm Ross (President) and Mrs. Ross.



2nd MAY 1929
Page 8 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVII, ISSUE 100

THE SOUTHERN ISLANDS
Mr. W.R.B. Oliver, Director of the Dominion Museum, addressed the Wellington Camera Club last evening and gave a very interesting lantern lecture on the Southern Islands of New Zealand — the Snares, Auckland, and Campbell Islands, Antipodes, and Bounty Islands. He showed how the natural history of these islands was a affected by their formation for instance the Snares, which were of granite, were chiefly conspicuous for the well-known Taipari scrub, and was the home of numerous penguins and molly-hawks, while the Auckland Islands, of volcanic formation, were frequented by two species of albatross, each keeping to its own particular locality, and about 10 miles apart. The rata scrub of bright green foliage was very prominent there. At Enderby Island, in the Auckland group, between 1849-51 a Scotch settlement from the Orkneys was formed, the idea being to establish a fishing industry; but the venture was not a success. Campbell Island, the next dealt with by the lecturer, was the home of a large number of the Royal Albatross, the largest sea bird in existence, having a wing spread of anything up to 14 feet. At Campbell Island, too, there was a sheep station, the sheep being mustered for shearing purposes with great difficulty owing to the rugged nature of the country. The Antipodes and Bounties were of volcanic and granite formation respectively. There was no vegetation on the Bounties with the exception of a few forms of lichens, but it was in these islands that the only fur seals were seen, about 12 in all. On the other Islands were large numbers of Sea lions and short-haired seals. It was yet to be discovered, said Mr. Oliver, what were the movements of the penguins during winter months. They went to sea and it was assumed they stayed there; at all events they were not on the inlands during the coldest season. On the motion of Mr. Malcolm Ross, the President of the club, Mr. Oliver was accorded a hearty vote of thanks. Mr. Robson operated the lantern.



4th JUNE 1929
Page 15 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVII, ISSUE 128

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Invitations have been issued by the Wellington Camera Club for a social evening, to be held in the club's room, Wakefield street, at which the Patron, Sir John Luke, Life and Honorary members will be the guests of Honor. Mr. F.E. Matthews is the Hon. Social Secretary.



24th JUNE 1929
Page 17 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVII, ISSUE 145

CAMERA CLUB SOCIAL
A pleasant social evening, organized by the Wellington Camera Club, took place recently, when Sir John and Lady Luke were the guests of honor. Items were given by Mesdames Mitchell, Crawford, Hodgson, and Thompson, the Messrs. Thompson (2), and Miss Dudlay Carstens, Miss White accompanying. Mr. M'Gill was M.C., and Mr. F.E. Matthews Hon. Secretary.


22nd JUNE 1929
Page 6 - POVERTY BAY HERALD, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 17009

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A branch of photography, not followed a great deal in New Zealand, the bromoil process, was demonstrated to members of the Wellington Camera Club. Very beautiful effects similar to an oil painting were obtained. There is little doubt, remarks the Dominion, if this process were brought more prominently before amateur photographers it would become very popular.



8th AUGUST 1929
Page 18 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVIII, ISSUE 34

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Miss Elizabeth Greenwoood, in a talk to the Wellington Camera Club last evening, mentioned that during a recent visit to Europe she had noticed that the work of portrait photographers of various countries was widely dissimilar in character, both in expression and presentation. In Paris, where one would expect to find a high standard, the reverse was often the case — if the contents of show cases were anything to go by while in London, photographic portraiture was excellent, and there were many courageous workers there who were not afraid to leave the beaten track. Milan, too, provided some portraiture surprises, the work generally being of an extremely high order perhaps the finest the speaker had seen during the whole of her tour. Miss Greenwood, on the motion of Mr. J.K. MacKay, was accorded a hearty vote of thanks for her very interesting address.



18th SEPTEMBER 1929
Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20825
19th SEPTEMBER 1929
Page 3 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 20826

EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHY
INTERCLUB COMPETITION
The annual exhibition of photographs in connection with the New Zealand Inter-Club competition was opened in the Dunedin Photographic Society rooms, Liverpool street, yesterday afternoon. Five clubs were entered for the competition this year, which is fewer than formerly, some of the clubs having dropped out. The judges were Mr. James Thomson (Christchurch), Mr. James A. Johnstone (Edinburgh), and Mr. Francis Sburrock (London), who were very frank in their criticisms. The comments were not very flattering in a number of cases, but were very eulogistic in others, while in some instances no criticism was offered. To an outsider all the photos would meet with approval, but a careful inspection by anyone who has engaged in what is a very fascinating study would probably result in an endorsement of the judges remarks. The number of photographs shown by each club in the competition was limited to 12, and no one individual in any club was allowed to enter more than two photographs. The placings by the judges resulted as follows:

Dunedin Photographic Society 1004; Wellington Camera Club 971; Invercargill Camera Club 847; Christchurch Photographic Society 824; Auckland Camera Club 729.

One of the competitors in the Wellington Camera Club Mr. J.W. Jones, gained the maximum number of points, namely 100, and his subject, “The Storm Cloud", had certainly been very dexterously handled. Two of the Dunedin competitors, Miss Jeans and Mr. C.A. Weedon, came very close to Mr. Jones’s effort by scoring 99 points each. In both cases the subject had been exceedingly well photographed. The work, generally speaking, was well up to standard. The exhibition will be open again this afternoon and evening, and also on Thursday and Friday, afternoon and evening.



21st SEPTEMBER 1929
Page 23 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVIII, ISSUE 72

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a large attendance at the 17th annual general meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, held this week in the clubroom in Wakefield street. Mr. J.K. Mackay was in the chair, in the unavoidable absence of the President (Mr. Malcolm Ross).

The annual report stated that many fine and instructive lectures and demonstrations were given during the past year, and it was anticipated that an even finer program would be arranged for the help and instruction of members during the ensuing year. Photographic competitions were held practically every month, marks being awarded, and constructive criticism being available for the guidance of members. The membership stood at 68, including 7 honorary, and 3 life members; and as the club offers facilities for photographic work, as well as social intercourse in various directions, it was hoped to increase the membership this year.

The club came second in the annual New Zealand Inter-Club photographic competition held recently in Christchurch.

The election of officers resulted as follows:

ELECTION OF OFFICERS 1929 - 1930			Patron: SIR JOHN P. LUKE		President Mr. MALCOLM ROSS		Hon. Auditor: Mr. R.A. Davison
Vice President: Mr. J.A. Heginbotham	Vice President: Mr. E.T. Robson	Vice President: Mr. J.K. Mackay	Vice President: Mr. A.S. Mitchell ARPS	HON.SECRETARY: Miss Hannah Johnson	Hon. Treasurer: Miss A.L. Welsby	Committee: Mr. C.P. Boyer	Committee: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Committee: Mr. C.H. McGill
Committee: Mr. G. Norton	Committee: Mr. J.L. Stewart	Committee: Mr. J.W. Stubbs	Hon. Competition Secretary: Miss D. Tinney	Social Committee: Mrs Blackett	Social Committee: Miss G. Campbell	Social Committee: Miss E. Moginie	Social Committee: Mr. J.R. Mills	Social Committee: Mr. F.F. Roworth

15th October 1929
Volume 36 Number 10 - Page 503
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a large attendance at the 17th Annual General Meeting, of the Wellington Camera Club on the 18th September, when the Annual Report and Balance Sheet were presented.

Several very fine Lantern Lectures were given during the year, notably by Mr. W.R.B. Oliver, of the Dominion Museum, on “The Fauna and Flora of the Sub-Antarctic Islands”: by Mr. P.N. Denton on “India”, and by Messrs. Baine and Pickles on “A Trip Through the Urewera Country”.

Instructive demonstrations and lectures were given, and competitions were held practically every month. As the Club is now possessed of a central and well-equipped clubroom and darkroom, with facilities for photographic work and social intercourse, it is hoped to stimulate even greater interest this coming year.

At the Annual New Zealand Inter-Club Photographic Competition, held this year in Christchurch, the Wellington Camera Club secured second place, and also the honor of having the Champion Picture, “The Storm Cloud”, by Mr. J.W. Jones, the maximum of 100 marks being awarded.

The results were as follow:

RANK	NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION	POINTS
1st	Dunedin Photographic Society	1,004
2nd	Wellington Camera Club	971
3rd	Invercargill Camera Club	847
4th	Christchurch Photographic Society	824
5th	Auckland Camera Club	729

23rd OCTOBER 1929
Page 10 - POVERTY BAY HERALD, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 17089
24th OCTOBER 1929
Page 22 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 252

MAORI MYTHS AND LORE
HIGH MENTALITY OF RACE
LECTURE BY HARE HONGI
"Trying" to illustrate a scientific fact — that is the business of a myth", said Mr. H.M. Stowell (Hare Hongi) in the course of a very interesting and instructive lecture on "Maori Myths and Lore", delivered at an "open night" of the Wellington Camera Club. He showed how all Maori myths were related to the concrete things of life — the sun, the moon, the earth, the sea, etc., as being distinguished from the legends of civilized nations.

"We first of all", said the speaker, need to understand the nature of a myth. A myth is something expressed in mythical language — a language that is not understood by the uneducated or common. The Maori is a most ancient race, probably one of the most ancient under the sun. There are no details in a genuine myth. What you probably understand as myths are modernized versions giving details. 'Tani was the lord of light. He conquered the prince of darkness'. That is the original form of myth, showing the breaking forth of night into day.

"As far back as we can reach in the past and into the minds of primitive man we find that he made a study of what we now call astronomy", said Mr. Stowell. "He saw the moon disappear in the east just before sunrise and reappear in the ocean of the west just before sunset. It must be the work of the sun-god, he thought, and from this we have one of the most interesting myths. The story goes that Maui (the sun), who lived in the sky with his sister, Hinauri (the moon), was one day missing from his accustomed place. Hinauri grieved so much that she threw herself into the ocean and was missing for three days, being rescued by Hinihika, the goddess of fish, and finally transferred to the sacred isle of Motutapu as Hinemoa, the goddess of the ocean. In this myth we have a most ancient record of an eclipse of the sun. The Maori believes that the North Island of New Zealand was fished up by Maui, and Hinauri assisted him to do so. Port Nicholson was regarded as the right eye, Lake Wairarapa as the left eye, Cape Egmont the left fin, and the East Cape the right fin. Taupo was the stomach, and the North Cape the tail 'How childish!' said the early pakeha.

"It is a fact", declared the speaker "The sun and moon when working together exert a great pull on the earth, and that is responsible for the great earth movements we experience. It is then that the earth sinks and falls. That is what the Moori means when he says that Maui fished up the North Island, for it certainly was at one time under the sea.

"So you see", said Mr. Stowell, "the ancient myths require explanation and interpretation. The myth that is perverted cannot be interpreted — there is no doubt about that.

MAORI LORE:
"And so we get forms of ancient Maori lore", he continued. "By lore we understand knowledge, wisdom — that is the true meaning of lore. The language does contain vast stores of forgotten lore, forgotten wisdom. We have 'ra', the sun; 'ora', life; and then 'kora', a spark. The Maori taught that life was a spark from the sun. There it is in the language. There is no other name for spark or no other name for life. It is not one of several, as you may be told. Scientists assert that the mentality of a race is determined by its system of enumeration. There is the Australian black, none of whom can count beyond five. It is curious to find that he never counted on the fingers of his other hand. The Maori could count to a million or more in at least eight different ways. He also had his name for the twelve signs of the Zodiacal constellation. The Maori could not imagine animals in the sky as the Western ancients did. He had birds that could fly and fish that could swim, and any other creatures would be repugnant to him. He had a splendid system of calculating the beginning and end of the year. Your people had great difficulty with that. You have had your Calendar altered many times. The Maori gauged the ending of the year precisely — to the hour. So, the Maori New Year fell in the first week of June — judged by a star. He counted the days of the year by the moon nights. He knew the exact date by the moon.

"The facts I have given you are too little known", he declared, "the science of these people, their wonderful powers of navigation. There is little doubt that they navigated the Pacific from the east to the west — they certainly did from the north to the south — over 3000 years ago — it is on record.

"It is not generally considered that the Maori occupied a greater portion of the earth's surface than any other nation during history", said Mr. Stowell, in conclusion. "It numbers 4000 miles from New Zealand to the Sandwich Islands, 4000 miles from the Sandwich Islands to Easter Island, and 4000 from Easter Island back to New Zealand. In this great triangle lived the Maoris or a section of their race, such as the Samoans, Rarotongans, Tahitians, etc.".

At the conclusion of the address Mr. J. McGill, on behalf of the Camera Club, thanked Mr. Stowell for his interesting address. He expressed the opinion that if at school they had studied Maori mythology and lore instead of that of Rome and Greece they probably would have derived much more interest from their lessons. Mr. Stowell expressed his willingness at some future date to deliver a similar lecture on "Maori Legends".



9th NOVEMBER 1929
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVIII, ISSUE 113

EXHIBITION OF PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY
BY THE DOMINION'S LEADING ARTISTS

Under the Auspices of the
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB

P.C. WATTS'S BUILDING,
(Corner Wakefield and Tory streets)

OFFICIAL Opening by
LADY LUKE

MONDAY, 11th NOVEMBER, at 8pm.
(Refreshments).

Also Open
WEDNESDAY, 13th NOVEMBER
THURSDAY, 14th NOVEMBER
7.30pm to 9.30pm

Collection - Public cordially invited.

9th NOVEMBER 1929
Page 18 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVIII, ISSUE 113

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
An interesting exhibition of pictorial photography is being held in P.C. Watts's Building, corner Wakefield and Tory streets, on Monday, Wednesday, and Thursday evenings, under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club (Inc.) It comprises 60 pictures from the leading pictorial photographic artists in the Dominion, and the public are cordially invited to view them. Lady Luke will officially open the exhibition on Monday evening at 8pm, and refreshments will be served. No charge will be made for admission, but a collection will be made to defray expenses.



3rd DECEMBER 1929
Page 17 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVIII, ISSUE 134

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club has arranged one of its pleasant social evenings to take place in the club room, at which Sir John Luke (patron) and Lady Luke, Mr. Malcolm Ross (President), and others will be present. The function promises to be a great success.



7th DECEMBER 1929
Page 15 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CVIII, ISSUE 138

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A successful and interesting evening was recently held by the Wellington Camera Club (Inc.), in their club room Wakefield street. Items were rendered by Miss C.L. Reithmiller, Messrs. A.J. Taylor and J.W. Johnson.

Mr. H.M. Stowell entertained the company with a brief and instructive address "Origin of the Maori Haka".

Later to the strains of music supplied from an electric amplifier, which was kindly lent and operated by Mr. P.B. Billing all present enjoyed dancing, and a very pleasant evening was brought to a close with the singing of "Auld Lang Syne". Mrs. A.J. Malcolm made a very capable accompanist.



15th January 1930  Page 28 - Vol. 37 No. 1 The Australasian Photo-Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Two very interesting lantern lectures were recently delivered, one by Mr. A. Water worth on “Photo-micrography”, and the other by Mr. A.S. Mitchell, F.N.Z.1.A., on the recent earthquake.

Three very successful social functions have also been held, a week-end outing to Titahi Bay proving most enjoyable to those participating. A day trip took the form of a bus party over Wainui Hill, fascinating views of Wellington Harbour and the Hutt Valley being enjoyed en route. After lunch the party walked over the hills to Fitzroy Bay, where some interesting views of nesting seagulls were obtained.

The closing meeting of the year took the form of a social evening, when several members rendered musical items and Mr. H.M. Stowell gave one of his original talks on “The Origin of the Maori Haka”.

An excellent syllabus has been prepared by the Committee for 1930, and an Open Annual Exhibition is to be inaugurated in May.

MEMBERS OF THE WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB AT AN OUTING TO FITZROY BAY

22nd FEBRUARY 1930
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 45

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last week, when the first of the 1930 monthly competitions was held. The subject for seniors was a landscape (enlargement) and for juniors the best negative (landscape). There was a large entry in both classes, and they were discussed and judged by popular vote, the results being:

SENIORS - LANDSCAPE (ENLARGEMENT):

FIRST: Miss D. Tinney

SECOND: Mr. F.J. Colmer

THIRD: Mr. R.J. Searle

JUNIORS - BEST NEGATIVE (LANDSCAPE):

FIRST: Mr. Winchester

SECOND: Mr. Winchester

Special attention is to be given this year to the less advanced members, and to this end Mr. C.P.S. Boyer, gave an interesting development demonstration, many questions being asked and answered. Refreshments were served, terminating a pleasant evening.



8th MARCH 1930
Page 11 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 57

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when Miss Hannah Johnson gave a descriptive account, illustrated with projected pictures, of a visit to Somerset, Devon, and Cornwall. Some pictures of Switzerland were also shown.



22nd MARCH 1930
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 69

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
It was competition evening at the Wellington Camera Club meeting this week, the results, from popular voting of those present, being as follows:

SENIOR: GENRE STUDY (PICTURE TELLING A STORY):

FIRST: Miss D. Tinney

SECOND: Miss D.Tinney

THIRD: Mr. R.J. Searle

JUNIOR: LANDSCAPE CONTACT PRINT:

FIRST: Mr. L. Powell

SECOND: Mr. L. Powell

Mr. J.W. Johnson briefly commented on the entries and illustrated his remarks by means of examples of his own work. Mr. J.W. Stubbs also demonstrated printing by artificial lights and questions were asked and answered, for the instruction of those present. At the conclusion, both gentlemen were awarded a hearty vote of thanks.



25th MARCH 1930
Page 2 and 11 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 71

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club, Mr. H.M. Stowell (Hare Hongi) will deliver at the club room, Wakefield street, on Wednesday, a lecture entitled "Maori Legends". The public are cordially invited to attend; a small charge will be made.



29th MARCH 1930
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 75

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. C.H. M'Gill presided over a special meeting held in the clubroom, when Mr. H.M. Stowell, known as Hare Hongi, delivered a very interesting lecture on "Maori Legends". The lecturer asked and answered the questions: "Where does a man come from?" "What is his Spirit composed of?" and "Where is he going?"

The Maori answer is that as there is a heaven above the earth, so the sun sends down rays which create life. Man's spirit is composed of vaporous gas, and it can leave the body and travel back to him. After death the spirit dissolves and releases the soul that is immortal, and it goes_back to where it came from. East of Cape Maria Van Diemen is a promontory known as the place of the Spirits Flight, and the soul goes on towards the Equator and the setting sun. Maoris have no fear of death, their faith is that when they die their spirits go to join their ancestors. The lecturer also related legends about the moon, the sun, etc., and answered questions. He was awarded a hearty vote of thanks.



5th APRIL 1930
Page 14 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 81

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a large attendance, at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when Mr. E.T. Robson gave a practical demonstration of "enlarging", previous demonstrations having already been given on "Developing the Negative" and "Contact Printing". The lecturer dealt with the use of different grades of papers, class of negative suitable for enlarging, developers, and the various points of darkroom technique, a knowledge of which is requisite in order to obtain the best results. At the conclusion Mr. Robson was awarded a hearty vote of thanks for his interesting effort.



7th APRIL 1930
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 82

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
CAMERA CLUB DANCE
The Wellington Camera Club held a small but enjoyable dance in their Club rooms on Saturday night. Music was supplied by an electric amplifier kindly loaned for the occasion by Mr. P.E. Billing, and records by Mr. E. Dawson.

An interesting exhibition of modern ballroom dancing was given by Miss P. Bollons and Mr. R. Peterson of the Southern College school of dancing. The management of affairs was ably conducted by a committee of six — Mrs. L. Blaekett, Miss E. Moginie and Miss G. Campbell, and Messrs. Roworth, Mills, and Brae.



16th APRIL 1930
Page 15 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 90

LATE MR. MALCOLM ROSS

The remains of the late Mr. Malcolm Ross were cremated at Karori Cemetery this morning, the ceremony at the crematorium being preceded by a short service at St. Paul's Pro-Cathedral, conducted by Canon James. The church service was attended by a large and representative gathering of friends of the deceased journalist, many of whom followed the body to the cemetery.

The chief mourners were Mrs. Forrest Ross, the widow; Mr. Kenneth Ross, brother; Mr. Norman Grant, Mrs. Ross's brother; and Mr. Ronald M. Grant, her cousin. The pall-bearers were journalist friends of Mr. Ross — Mr. T. Lindsay Buick (representing the Press Association), Mr. C.E. Wheeler (representing the "Auckland Star", Christchurch "Star", and Dunedin "Star", Mr. J.R. Smith (representing the "Evening Post" and "The Times", London, of which Mr. Ross was some years ago New Zealand correspondent), Mr. J.A. Young (The Dominion), and Messrs. R.C.G. Weston and K.L. Usmar (chairman and vice-chairman respectively of the Parliamentary Press Gallery). Among those who paid, last respects were the Hon. G.W. Forbes (representing the Government), Mr. E.A. Wright (representing the Mayor), the Hon. Dr. Collins M.L.C., Mr. W.H. Field, M.P., Mr. F.D. Thomson (representing the Prime Minister's Department), Mr. A.W. Mulligan (representing Ministerial private secretaries), Mr. E.W. Kane (Clerk of Parliaments), Messrs. R.A. Loughnan, S. Saunders, C. Earle (representing "The Dominion" and "Christchurch Press"), P.C. Freeth, John C. Morrison, and C. Weston (journalist friends), Dr. G.H. Scholefield (Parliamentary Librarian), Mr. A.P. Harper (representing the New Zealand Alpine Club), Mr. A. Fair K.C. (Solicitor-General), Mr. A. Gray K.C, Mr. E.F. Hadfield, Mr. L.O.H. Tripp, Mr. G. Shirtcliffe, Dr. T.H.A. Valintine (Director-General of Health), Professor Rankine-Brown, Vice-Chancellor of the New Zealand University, Mr. W.L. Lowrie (Consul-General in New Zealand for the United States), Sir Harold Beauchamp, Dr. J.S. Elliott, Dr. Morice, Mr. A.H. Miles, Mr. A. Crawford, Mr. John C. Morrison, Mr. T.E.Y. Seddon, Mr. W. Baine, Mr. E. Le Grove, Mr. W.H. Russell, and several members of the Wellington Camera Club, of which Mr. Ross was President.

Floral tributes were sent by the Prime Minister (the Right Hon. Sir Joseph Ward), Sir Francis and Lady Bell, Ministers of the Crown, the Lead er of the Opposition (the Right Hon. J.G. Coates), private secretaries of Ministers of the Crown, the Parliamentary Press Gallery, the literary staff of the "Evening Post", the "Christchurch Press" Company and staff, Sir Henry and Lady Buckleton, Mr. and Mrs. L.O.H. Tripp, Mr. F.D. Thomson and Mrs. Thomson, Mr. and Mrs. Ronald Grant, Mr. and Mrs. J.M. Geddis, officers and members of the Wellington Camera Club, Mrs. T. Young, Mrs. J.E. Fulton, Mrs. Macleod, Mr. and Mrs. Kenneth Ross, Mr. and Mrs. Duncan Ross, Miss Hinemoa Ross, Mr. and Mrs. Frank Clayton, Keith and Patricia Clayton, Mr. and Mrs. J.A. Carpenter, Mrs. Charles Haines, Mr. and Mrs. E.W. Kane, Mr. and Mrs. A.H. Miles, Mr. and Mrs. George Shirtcliffe, Mrs. Arthur Riley, Mr. and Mrs. Ernest Hadfield, Dr. and Mrs. Harty, Mr. and Mrs. David Aiken, Mr. and Mrs. Frank Grear, Mr. and Mrs. P.U. Miles, Dr. and Mrs. Morice, Mr. and Mrs. Allan Sawell, and Mr. and Mrs. Norman Grant.



19th APRIL 1930
Page 19 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 92

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held on Wednesday, Mr. A.S. Mitchell (vice-President) presiding. The chairman referred to the loss the club had sustained through the death of Mr. Malcolm Ross, who had held the office of President for the last five years. Mr. Ross was an enthusiastic supporter of all out-door activities, and was one of the members of the first Camera Club formed in Wellington. It was resolved to put on record his valuable services to the club, and as a tribute to his memory, members stood in silence for a brief period. The subject of the monthly competition was architecture, and twenty-one pictures were entered, the results being:

SENIOR: ARCHITECTURE:

FIRST: Mr. F.J. Colmer

SECOND: Mr. E.T. Robson

THIRD: Miss D. Tinney

JUNIOR: ARCHITECTURE:

FIRST: Mr. W. Bray

SECOND: Miss Atkinson

THIRD: Mr. W. Bray

Mr. J.W. Johnson ably dealt with the subject of architecture, illustrating his remarks by means of some 30 photographs (mostly taken by himself), and he also constructively criticized the competition entries, questions being asked and answered, and the pictures discussed. At the conclusion Mr. Johnson was awarded a hearty vote of thanks. Notice was given of the annual photographic exhibition to be inaugurated on 26th May.



10th MAY 1930
Page 29 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 108

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a large attendance at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when Mr. A.S. Mitchell, F.N.Z.I.A., delivered a very interesting lecture on "Portraiture". Mr. Mitchell stated that he had obtained his best results with a reflex camera, using portrait film, which gave soft effects and a fair range of speed. He advocated ample exposure and rather under-developed negatives, preferably by tank. He advised amateurs to aim at control of lighting, the best time to take photographs being from 4pm to 6pm in the afternoon or early in the morning, the subject being from 7ft to 8ft away from the camera. The lighting of the subject was also dealt with, a practical demonstration showing the effect and advantage of 45deg. lighting, and the benefit of a reflector to lighten the shadowed side.

Various other points were touched on, and questions asked and answered, those present enjoying the pleasure of examining and commenting on the varied excellent examples of Mr. Mitchell's photographic art, which he had brought down for the purpose. At the conclusion the lecturer was awarded a hearty vote of thanks, on the motion of Mr. Mackay who voiced the appreciation of the members.

At a special meeting of the committee Mr. A.S. Mitchell was appointed to fill the office of President of the Wellington Camera Club, rendered vacant by the death of Mr. Malcolm Ross.



24th MAY 1930
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 121

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB

(Affiliated with the ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY of Great Britain)

GRAND EXHIBITION OF PHOTOGRAPHIC ART

Will be held at

M'GREGOR WRIGHT'S GALLERY
182 Lambton quay

From 26th May to 31st May (inclusive).
From 12 Noon until 6pm and from 7pm until 9pm.

EXHIBITION WILL BE OPENED

MONDAY 26th MAY, at 8pm, by

SIR JOHN LUKE (Patron)

The Exhibition represents a display of some of the
Choicest Examples of Photographic Art in Australasia.

A Feature of the Exhibition is a Special Display of
Enlargements by His Excellency Lord Bledisloe.

Admission, 1s; Season Ticket, 2s 6d.

C.P.S. BOYER
HON.SECRETARY:

24th MAY 1930
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 121

CAMERA CLUB EXHIBITION
The Wellington Camera Club, affiliated with the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain, is holding an exhibition at M'Gregor Wright's Gallery, 182, Lambton quay, from 26th to 31st May inclusive. The exhibition will be opened on Monday at 8pm, by Sir John Luke (patron), and on the days following will be open from noon to 6pm, and from 7pm to 9pm. Exhibits have been received from all over Australasia. A feature of the exhibition will be a display of enlargements by His Excellency Lord Bledisloe.



24th MAY 1930
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 121

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club held this week the monthly competition resulted as follows:

SENIOR: SEASCAPE AND MARINE:

FIRST: Miss H. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. C.P.S. Boyer

THIRD: Miss D. Tinney

JUNIOR: WHARF SCENE:

FIRST: Mr. L. Powall

SECOND: Miss H. Davidson

THIRD: Mr. L. Powall

Mr. C.P.S. Boyer gave a brief talk on the subject of "Marine Photography", which he described as a fascinating pursuit, requiring much patience and study. He preferred the use of film to plate, being more orthochromatic, and giving softer effects. The use of a light filter was advocated, and a reasonable amount of exposure, with slightly under-development of negative. Choice of subject, presence of atmospheric conditions, effects of clouds and sky, color of sea and clouds, etc., also needed to be considered carefully. His remarks were illustrated by means of photographs brought down for the purpose.

Mr. Boyer and other members also briefly commented on the competition entries with a view to improvement. At the conclusion the lecturer was awarded a cordial vote of thanks on the motion of Mr. J.K. Mackay.

The club is this year inaugurating an annual exhibition of photographic art, which is to be held in M'Gregor Wright's gallery from 26th to 31st May inclusive, as per advertisement appearing elsewhere.

Entries have been received from pictorialists in New Zealand and Australia, and the decision of the judges, Messrs. J. Ellis, A.H. Eaton, and E.W. Hunt, is being looked forward to with much interest. The public are cordially invited to view the pictures. A small charge is being made for admission.



26th MAY 1930
Page 11 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 122

PLEASING PICTURES
PHOTOGRAPHY AS AN ART
CAMERA CLUB'S EXHIBITION
The Wellington Camera Club exhibition of photographic art, opened today at M'Gregor Wright's gallery in Lambton quay, is well worth a visit, whether one is a photographer or not. There are many examples of really pictorial photography, entries having been received from Australia as well as from all parts of the Dominion.

Amongst the landscapes nothing is better than E.T. Robson's "Native's Stronghold", a study of misty mountains and a flowing stream which catches a stray gleam of sunlight. "Shady Ways and Sunny", by T. Metcalf, cleverly catches the light and shade of a woodland scene, a subject very difficult to photograph effectively. Typical of New Zealand is "A Mountain Farm", by Clifton A. Weedon. Bold but attractive is "The Fringe of the Lake", by H. Moult. There are not many seascapes, the two most worth noticing being "The Breakers' Roar", by E.T. Robson, and "The Surge", by Frank H. Taylor. For clever composition and treatment, "A Poplar Tree", by Hannah Johnson, takes a lot of beating.

Amongst the architectural subjects there are some excellent prints. A number of these by J.W. Johnson repay study. "The Cloisters", by H. Moult, is a very fine piece of work.

The still-life and portrait sections are perhaps not as strong as the others, but for all that contain some excellent examples of the photographer's art. "The Hand-Sewn Man" is a clever study of an old-time cobbler by J.W. Johnson. "Getting Acquainted" is a child study by Daisy Tinney, full of merit, but better still is "The Net", by the same photographer, a virile seashore study. "The Team", by H. Moult, is full of action and a lucky "snap".

The exhibition, which will be officially opened this evening by Sir John Luke, will remain open throughout the week.

ANY SUBJECT, OPEN:		NEW ZEALAND LANDSCAPE:		SEASCAPE AND MARINE:		PORTRAIT AND FIGURE STUDY:
FIRST: Miss H. Johnson "The Lacemaker"	SECOND: Mr. E.T. Robson "Nature's Stronghold"	FIRST: Mr. T. Metcalf "Shady Ways and Sunny"	SECOND: Mr. F.H. Taylor "The Beach Road"	FIRST: Mr. E.T. Robson "The Breakers' Roar"	SECOND: Miss Hannah Johnson "The Little White Boat"	FIRST: Mr. E.T. Robson "The Story Teller"	SECOND: Mr. Clifton A. Weedon "The Crisis"
ANIMAL AND STILL LIFE:		ARCHITECTURE:		ANY NEW ZEALAND SUBJECT OPEN ONLY TO MEMBERS OF THE   WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson "Polar Bear"	SECOND: Mr. Clifton A. Weedon "Glass"	FIRST: Mr. G.E. Jones FRPS "Dutch Cottage"	SECOND: Mr. R.M. Gillingham "The Open Door"	FIRST: Miss Daisy Tinney "Primroses"		SECOND: Miss H. Johnson "The Pool"

27th MAY 1930
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 123

EXHIBITION OF CAMERA ART
The official opening of the Wellington Camera Club annual exhibition of
photographs took place last night, the ceremony being performed by Sir John Luke.
This flashlight photograph was taken after the ceremony and shows some of those present.

21st June 1930
Page 23 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CIX, ISSUE 144

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, the subject being "Child Study". Seventeen pictures were entered for the monthly competition, the vote of those present placing them as follows:
SENIOR SECTION: 1st Miss D. Tinney, 2nd Mr. C.H. M'Gill; 3rd Miss D. Tinney.
JUNIOR SECTION: 1st, 2nd, and 3rd, Miss Atkinson.

Mr. C.H. M'Gill spoke on the subject, advising amateurs to photograph children between the ages of 1 1/2 and 10 years. The human factor entered into this phase of photography, and the best results were obtained from catching childhood's fleeting unconscious expressions. The child itself, in suitable lighting, provided the picture, the other main requisite being patience.

Mr. C.P.S. Boyer criticized the competition entries from his point of view, and emphasized the value of the child's expression, and the necessity of getting the main parts of the picture on the same plane, to avoid distortion. At the conclusion both gentlemen were awarded hearty votes of thanks.

Announcement was made of the coming card evening, and also of the proposed exhibition of Mr. H. Moults pictures. The gold medal kindly donated by Mr. J.W. Johnson in the architectural section of the late exhibition was also exhibited. This was won by Mr. Gerald E. Jones, of Auckland.



15th July 1930
Volume 37 Number 7 - Page 343
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Interest in meetings of the Wellington Camera Club is being well maintained, and the monthly competition evenings have proved successful.

The entries this year are being judged by popular vote of members present, and the subject set down has been dealt with by a competent lecturer, who on each occasion has illustrated his remarks by means of photographs of his own taking provided for the purpose, and also constructively criticized the evening’s entries.

An illustrated lecture on a recent visit to Somerset, Devon, and Cornwall, was recently contributed by the Hon. Secretary.

The Society regrets to report that Mr. Malcolm Ross, who had been President for the last five years, passed away in April. He was well known as a journalist, author, and alpinist, and was an enthusiastic supporter of all outdoor activities. He was a member of the first camera club in Wellington, and will be much missed.

On the 26th May the Society inaugurated an annual exhibition of photographs and the pictures attracted much attention. While notice has been rather short this year, owing to unforeseen circumstances, every thing is in train now for a big exhibition in 1931, when entries will be invited from abroad. A hundred and twenty pictures from New Zealand and Australian pictorialists were hung and the standard of work shown was high.



19th JULY 1930
Page 15 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 17

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. C.H. M'Gill presided over a good attendance of the Wellington Camera Club this week. The monthly competition resulted as follows:

SENIOR:

FIRST: Mr. F.J. Colmer

SECOND: Mr. F.J. Colmer

THIRD Mr. F.J. Colmer

JUNIOR:

FIRST: Miss Atkinson

SECOND: Dr. R.A. Shaw

THIRD Dr. R.A. Shaw

The subject of still life photography was ably dealt with by Mr. J.W. Johnson, who said it was a desirable pursuit for the winter months, as photographs could be made by either daylight or artificial light. It was necessary to use a focusing camera either quarter or half-plate. Mr. Johnson arranged several groups of objects, suitably lighted, for the instruction of members, indication various forms of composition.



22nd AUGUST 1930
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 46

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. J.H. Mackay presided over a good attendance of the Wellington Camera Club. The monthly competition resulted as follows:

SENIOR: STILL LIFE:

FIRST: Miss D. Tinney

SECOND: Miss H. Johnson

THIRD Mr. E.J. Searle

JUNIOR: FLOWER STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. L. Powall

SECOND: Mr. F. Cook

THIRD Miss H. Davidson

Much useful information relative to exposure, lighting, background, and arrangement of subject was elicited during the varied constructive criticism of the entries.

The annual New Zealand Inter-Club photographic competition is being held in Auckland this year, and a set of 12 pictures has been sent forward, contributed to by the following: Miss Atkinson, Miss Hannah Johnson, and Miss Tinney, Messrs. Boyer, Jones, Johnson, M'Gill, Osborne, and Searle. The result is awaited with much interest.

Special attention was drawn to the coming One-Man Exhibition of 306 pictures by the carbon process, to be held in the Art Gallery at the end of the month. These pictures were taken by Mr. H. Moult (a member of the Camera Club) in England and on the Continent, etc., and comprise a unique collection, the like of which has not previously been exhibited in New Zealand.



30th AUGUST 1930
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 53

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB

has been granted the privilege of displaying over 300 pictorial photographic
enlargements (carbon process) from the camera of
H. MOULT Esq.,

1st to 6th September, inclusive,
at the Wellington Art Gallery.

The exhibition to be opened by
HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL

MONDAY NEXT, 1st SEPTEMBER, at 8pm

This collection represents the most unique and largest exhibition
of carbon photographs ever held in New Zealand.

Admission 1s.

HANNAH JOHNSON
HON.SECRETARY:

1st SEPTEMBER 1930
Page 11 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 54

BEAUTIFUL PRINTS
MR. H. MOULT'S PHOTOGRAPHS
The exhibition of photographs, to be held throughout the present week in the Art Gallery, Whitmore street, and to be opened this evening by His Excellency the Governor-General, is unique. To begin with, the three hundred or so photographs are all the work of one man, Mr. H. Moult, of Wellington. The prints, which are of all sizes and many of large dimensions, have all been produced by the carbon process. Most of the original negatives were taken on small plates. It will be no matter of surprise to anyone visiting this exhibition to learn that similar exhibitions held by Mr. Moult in other parts of the world have created almost a furore in photographic circles, and the Wellington Camera Club is to be heartily congratulated upon its enterprise in arranging the present exhibition. It will more than interest anyone who can appreciate a good picture. Its effect on the amateur photographer will be either to make him discard his apparatus in disgust when he sees to what a high level the art of photography can be brought, or to fire him with unbounded enthusiasm to emulate Mr. Moult.

Versatility is extraordinarily pronounced in Mr. Moults collection of photographs, which have been taken in England, on the Continent, and in New Zealand. Softness, yet with conspicuous detail, is to be found in all the prints. Only in one or two instances does the "fuzziness", which some amateur photographers look upon is the essence of their art, obtrude itself, and then not unnecessarily. Clear detail in shadows and softened high lights are conspicuous characteristics of all the prints. Mr. Moult has exploited rural England, with its old thatched cottages and ancient bridges crossing slow meandering streams; of England's fine old cathedrals and abbeys, ruined or otherwise, he has made living pictures; snow and alpine scenes, on the Continent and in New Zealand, have found him equally at home; and he has been just as successful with his landscapes and genre studies. Out of so many prints, each one of which is worth much more than a cursory glance, it is difficult to pick out any for special mention. Tastes differ; some will prefer one and some another. Two will be mentioned as being probably the most striking of the exhibition "London Post" and "A London Bobby". Amongst the several animal studies the most successful is undoubtedly "Penguins, London Zoo". A very lucky "shot", one which also makes a picture, has caught an avalanche falling down a mountain side in Switzerland.



1st SEPTEMBER 1930
Page 11 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 54
2nd SEPTEMBER 1930
Page 10 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 20658

THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL
WELLINGTON. Monday
The Governor-General, Lord Bledisloe, presided at a meeting of the Executive Council this morning. He opened an exhibition at the Art Gallery this evening under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club.

During the past week the Governor General has visited several manufacturing establishments in Wellington with the object of obtaining a detailed knowledge of New Zealand secondary industries and he proposes to visit others this week and later as time permits.

CHARLES BATHURST
1st Viscount Bledisloe
GCMG, KBE, PC

Born 21st September 1867 London, United Kingdom
Died 3rd July 1958 (aged 90) Lydney, Gloucestershire, United Kingdom

4th GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
19th March 1930 to 15th March 1935

2nd SEPTEMBER 1930
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 55

AN ARTISTIC SENSE
WHAT NEW ZEALAND LACKS
PHOTOGRAPHY'S PART
A plea for the greater use of the camera as a means of raising the artistic sense of the people and also of advertising the Dominion overseas, was made by the Governor-General, Lord Bledisloe, when opening the Wellington Camera Club exhibition of photographs last night. Lord Bledisloe also referred to a contention that he has made previously — that art in New Zealand is not appreciated to its full value, and reprints of the works of the Old Masters do not find the space on the walls of the homes of working men, that they should. "While congratulating Mr. Moult on what he has done", said Lord Bledisloe, glancing round the display of photographs on the walls, "why cannot we, with the aid of the carbon reproduction process, introduce them into our homes, particularly into the homes of the working men, and also use them to advertise this incomparably attractive country.

SCOPE FOR PHOTOGRAPHY
"The most valuable industry that New Zealand will possess in the years to come it seems a trifle strange to call it an industry — will be its scenic beauty, which will attract many tourists with plenty of money to spend.

"There is work to be done in reproducing pictures — not only of scenes in the Old Country, as has been done here — but also of equally pretty scenes in New Zealand. During the five months I have been here I have tried hard to get photographic enlargements of the beautiful scenes of the South Island, but so far I have not succeeded. I think there is enormous scope for this, and I have promised a firm in the South Island that I will cover the walls of Government House so far as space allows with those enlargements, if only to interest my visitors from overseas.

"I see in the Press there is some talk of establishing a New Zealand Academy of Art, but I hope that there will not be too much hurry in attempting to carry the suggestion out. Art is a slow process which must be workout out according to economic laws. Art has been developed through the necessity of the artists in the past painting pictures which would bring them in the means of a livelihood. I believe the time will come when there will be a National Royal Academy in New Zealand, but the demand for it must come from the mass of the people.

"There is now such a demand for art at Home, and for that we owe a lot to John Buskin and the men who followed him. They created among the people a thirst for art.

"In one respect New Zealand falls short of that pleasant little country, Denmark, from which you have learnt so much. It is in the matter of art. You cannot go into a peasant home there without seeing reproductions of the Old Masters, but I have not so far in the course of my rambles in this country come across the same love of art in New Zealand, and I don't believe it will develop unless we place within the reach of the people examples of art.

"A movement is now afoot to get some Medici prints out from Home to provide a nucleus for art galleries for the working classes in each, of the four main centers of this country, and I hope you will all do your best to help that movement. Some of the Medici prints are really wonderful, and they would go a very long way towards developing a love of art".



2nd SEPTEMBER 1930
Page 8 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 55

"PARTNER OF ART"
STATUS OF PHOTOGRAPHY
LORD BLEDISLOE'S VIEWS
By classing himself as an "unrepentant photographer", intensely interested in pictorial art, the Governor-General, Lord Bledisloe, said last night that although the occasion was an unusual one for him, it would have been difficult for the Wellington Camera Club to have found a more suitable person to open Mr. Moults "one-man show" of photographs which is being exhibited in the Art Gallery this week.

Lord Bledisloe was introduced by the Wellington Camera Club President, Mr. A.S. Mitchell, who said that it was the first time the club's exhibition had been opened by a Governor-General, and it was also the first time that New Zealand had had a Governor-General who was keenly interested in photography as a hobby. The patron of the club, Sir John Luke, and Lady Luke, were also present.

Lord Bledisloe said he called himself an unrepentant photographer, because there was a time when it was necessary for a person to apologize, at least in the presence of art, for being a photographer, in the same way as at the present time, or up till recently, it was necessary to be apologetic about visiting the cinema. With the general public, photography was now synonymous with snap-shotting. "I have been a shooter with both gun and camera nearly all my life", said Lord Bledisloe, "and this is the first time for many years that I have not spent the 1st of September shooting partridges. I felt like going out with my camera to-day and securing some photographs of your scenic spots, but the fates of the weather decreed otherwise".

He went on to say that it was a good many years since his endeavors to construct a camera out of an empty cigar box and an old pair of spectacles had induced a loving parent to make him a present of a camera, a camera which had led to "a "wasteful indulgence in photographic mediocrity".

Those were the days when the old wet plates were just beginning to give way to simpler and less messy methods, and since then the possibilities of the photographic art and the art of the photographer had improved side by side. "I can recall the time when photography was regarded as the invader of the realm of art", said Lord Bledisloe. "Later the world of art was good enough to yield the description 'handmaid of art', and now photography must be considered a partner of art".

TRIBUTE TO THE PRESS
"In some countries, in this country for instance, photographs have become the main exponents of art, and at this point I would like to congratulate the Press of New Zealand for the very artistic pictures they present to the public. Of the cinema I hesitate to speak, but the film has given us some of the most amazing examples of photographic art that it would be possible to see. Some of the scenes taken when Commander Byrd was at the South Pole, for instance, show an astounding intrepidity on the part of the photographer.

"As regards this exhibition, I think it is really wonderful, not only in the variety of subjects but also in the variety of ways in which the subjects have been treated. Where most of us would juggle round with screens, Mr. Moult has, in some of his pictures, pointed the camera boldly at the sun and has obtained some remarkably artistic results from what might be regarded as the most unpromising subjects. Mr. Moult is to be congratulated on his collection, and he has provided an example which I hope many will attempt to carry out".

Lord Bledisloe then declared the exhibition officially open, and the many visitors proceeded to inspect the array of photographs in detail.



2nd SEPTEMBER 1930
Page 9 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME LXI, ISSUE 207

ART IN NEW ZEALAND
LORD BLEDISLOE'S APPEAL
APPRECIATION BY THE PEOPLE
"THIS BEAUTIFUL COUNTRY"
[BY TELEGRAPH — Own Correspondent] WELLINGTON, This Day
A true appreciation of good art by the mass of the people of New Zealand and the need for its strenuous cultivation, particularly if a national academy is to be set up, were dwelt upon briefly by the Governor-General, Lord Bledisloe, in opening a special exhibition of pictures arranged by the Wellington Camera Club for the display of 300 special photographs, the work of Mr. H. Moult.

His Excellency, in the course of his speech, spoke, too, of the development of photography from the stage when it was "a crude invader of the realm of art" to its present stage, a helpful partner of art. "What I feel like asking on an occasion like this" Lord Bledisloe added, "is why can we not introduce examples of such art into the homes of this country? Why cannot we make a bigger effort to advertise; the really beautiful country in which you all live? It is incomparably beautiful in its scenic attractions. I have been trying now for five months to obtain some really large photographs of real artistic merit of most beautiful spots in your fascinating South Island and I have not been able to do so. Anyway, I have not been able to find anything that does justice to its subject. I think there is enormous scope there for photographers".

CHARLES BATHURST
1st Viscount Bledisloe
GCMG, KBE, PC

Born 21st September 1867 London, United Kingdom
Died 3rd July 1958 (aged 90) Lydney, Gloucestershire, United Kingdom

4th GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
19th March 1930 to 15th March 1935

2nd SEPTEMBER 1930
Page 5 - STRATFORD EVENING POST, ISSUE 30
Page 7 - POVERTY BAY HERALD, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 17353
Page 4 - NORTHERN ADVOCATE
Page 4 - NELSON EVENING MAIL, VOLUME LXIV
Page 8 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 20578
Page 6 - MANAWATU STANDARD, VOLUME L, ISSUE 237
Page 4 - WAIPA POST, VOLUME 41, ISSUE 3196
Page 8 - THAMES STAR, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 17981
3rd SEPTEMBER 1930
Page 12 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 20659
Page 9 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME LXI, ISSUE 208
Page 6 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21121

ART IN NEW ZEALAND
GOVERNOR-GENERAL'S VIEW
TRIBUTE TO NEWSPAPERS
[BY TELEGRAPH — PRESS ASSOCIATION] WELLINGTON, Tuesday
A tribute to the newspapers of New Zealand for the standard of their illustrations was paid by the Governor-General, Lord Bledisloe, when opening the special exhibition of photographs arranged by the Wellington Camera Club.

Photography in this country, said Lord Bledisloe, was a medium of art. While speaking of this, he would like to congratulate the press of New Zealand on presenting to the public really valuable and artistic photographs.

"I notice some reference in the press, His Excellency said, "to the possibility of developing a Royal Academy of New Zealand Art. I venture to hope that those who are interested in such a development will not be in too great a hurry to carry it out. You must all realize that art is a slow growth in this country, as in all new countries, where the first three or four generations have been intent on developing the land. I hope that the time will come when there will be real scope for the setting up of a National Academy of Art in New Zealand".

CHARLES BATHURST
1st Viscount Bledisloe
GCMG, KBE, PC

Born 21st September 1867 London, United Kingdom
Died 3rd July 1958 (aged 90) Lydney, Gloucestershire, United Kingdom

4th GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
19th March 1930 to 15th March 1935

3rd SEPTEMBER 1930
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 56

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION
The exhibition of 300 photographs by the carbon process, taken by Mr. H. Moult in various parts of the world, continues to attract much attention in the Art Gallery. Without exception, all visitors express their admiration of the beautiful artistic effects obtained. Most people are familiar with pictures of London, and to those especially who have visited the Homeland, the various typical London scenes are it source of keen delight. The exhibition is under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club, and will remain open until Saturday next, every day and evening.



3rd SEPTEMBER 1930
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 56

HOBBY EXHIBITION
Regarding the boys hobby competition and exhibition nearly two hundred entries have been received in the various sections, including meccano, mechanical models, radio, woodwork, photography, drawings, paintings, and collections, etc. This exhibition is promoted by the Y.M.C.A. at the rooms, 150 Willis street, and will be open to the public for a small charge tonight, Thursday, and Friday nights. This evening the Hon. H. Atmore (Minister of Education) will officially open the exhibition. There will be displays by the Wellington Camera Club and the Model Engineering Society. The exhibition will be open both afternoon and evening.



4th SEPTEMBER 1930
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 57

PHOTOGRAPHIC EXHIBITION

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB

300 PHOTOGRAPHS by the CARBON PROCESS
taken by

Mr. H. MOULT.

ART GALLERY
WHITMORE-STREET

until SATURDAY, 6th SEPTEMBER.
Open 10am - 5pm and 7.30pm - 9pm

HANNAH JOHNSON
HON.SECRETARY.

13th SEPTEMBER 1930
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 65

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when Mr. J.W. Johnson gave a practical demonstration of the carbon and carbro processes, which require much careful patience. Operations were watched by members with much interest, in view of the recent exhibition held in the Art Gallery of Mr. H. Moult's photographs by the carbon process. At the conclusion, hearty votes of thanks and appreciation were unanimously accorded as follows: To the lecturer, Mr. J.W. Johnson, for his instructive lecture and demonstration; to Mr. H Moult, for the great service he rendered the club by the loan of his unique collection of pictures for display, and stimulation of photographic interest; to the Press for the great help given by way of publicity during the recent exhibition.



23rd SEPTEMBER 1930
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 73

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL MEETING
Mr. C.H. M'Gill presided over the annual general meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, held last week. The nineteenth annual report and balance-sheet were presented and discussed. Satisfaction was expressed at the greatly improved conditions, and the bright prospects ahead. Interest has been well maintained during the year, due doubtless to exhibitions which have from time to time been available. The lectures and demonstrations given were of a very high order, and competitions held monthly stimulated the interest of members, all entries being constructively criticized.

The annual exhibition of photographic art, inaugurated in May last, proved a success. Indications point to big entries being received next year, as more time will be allowed for overseas entries, and schedules will be available probably in November. The Wellington Winter Show photographic exhibit was by request arranged by a committee from the Camera Club, and a number of members were successful in winning awards. During the past year the society suffered the loss of its President, Mr. Malcolm Ross, who had rendered valuable service in the cause of photography. A number of informal outings and several organized day and week-end trips were held, also two dances and two card evenings.

Supper served by the ladies continues to form an agreeable termination of the fortnightly meetings of the society.

During the evening the award certificates for highest aggregate marks in 1929-30 monthly competitions were presented, the winners being:

AWARD CERTIFICATES HIGHEST AGGREGATE MARKS 1929-30 MONTHLY COMPETITIONS:

SENIOR: FIRST: Miss Daisy Tinney

JUNIOR: FIRST: Miss B. Atkinson

Mr. B.T. Robson was appointed a life member of the society, in recognition of valuable assistance rendered by him.

ELECTION OF OFFICERS 1930 - 1931			PATRON: HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL LORD BLEDISLOE			President SIR JOHN P. LUKE, K.B.E., C.M.G., J.P.
Vice President: Mr. P.N. Denton	Vice President: Mr. C.H. McGill	Vice President: Mr. J.K. Mackay	Vice President: Mr. H. Moult	Vice President: Mr. A.S. Mitchell	Vice President: Mr. G. Norton	HON.SECRETARY: Miss Hannah Johnson	Hon. Treasurer: Miss A.L. Welsby
Committee: Mr. C.P.S. Boyer	Committee: Mr. F.J. Colmer	Committee: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Committee: Mr. L. Powell	Committee: Mr. J.L. Stewart	Committee: Mr. J.W. Stubbs	Hon. Auditor: Mr. R.A. Davison	Hon. Competition Secretary: Miss Daisy Tinney
Hon. Librarian: Mr. L. Powell	Social Committee: Miss E. Moginie (convener)	Social Committee: Miss G.M. Campbell	Social Committee: Miss H. Davidson	Social Committee: Mrs. L. Blackett	Social Committee: Mr. J.R. Mills	Social Committee: Mr. H. Peart	Social Committee: Mr. R.A. Shaw

CHARLES BATHURST
1st Viscount Bledisloe
GCMG, KBE, PC

Born 21st September 1867 London, United Kingdom
Died 3rd July 1958 (aged 90) Lydney, Gloucestershire, United Kingdom

4th GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
19th March 1930 to 15th March 1935

SIR JOHN PEARCE LUKE CMG

Born 16th July 1858 Penzance, Cornwall, England
Died 7th December 1931 (aged 73) Wellington, New Zealand

20th MAYOR OF WELLINGTON, NEW ZEALAND
1913 to 1921

4th OCTOBER 1930
Page 14 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 83

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Flashlight photography was the subject of a talk given to members of the Wellington Camera Club last Wednesday by Mr. C.P.S. Boyer. This form of photography has been greatly developed of late years, though there is always the element of risk and uncertainty in connection with it. Mr. Boyer demonstrated the effective use of a flashlight gun and powder, which should always be operated behind the camera. The shadow nuisance could be overcome by making several flashes during the exposure of one plate or film. Mr. Boyer also showed how flashlight could be used as an aid in photographing interiors, where the light was deficient or came from the wrong direction. At the conclusion questions were asked and answered, and the lecturer awarded a hearty vote of thanks. By an omission, the name of Mr. A.S. Mitchell, who was appointed a vice-President at the annual general meeting, was left out of the published list.



15th October 1930
Volume 37 Number 10 - Page 498 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Through the kindness of Mr. H. Moult, a member of the club, the Wellington Camera Club was granted the loan of over 300 photographs by the carbon process, from negatives made by Mr. Moult in various parts of the world, and these have been exhibited in the Wellington Art Gallery, attracting much attention.

His Excellency the Governor-General, Lord Bledisloe, who is a keen photographer, kindly consented to declare the Exhibition open on Monday, September 1st, and made a very interesting speech, drawing public attention to the need for more appreciation of Art, with special reference to the part now being played by photography. He warmly congratulated Mr. Moult on the artistic effects obtained.

The unique collection comprises typical London scenes, Swiss and New Zealand snow scenes, Continental "bits”, river and mountain scenery, architectural effects, animal studies, etc., in a variety of colors.

Mr. C.H. McGill presided over the annual general meeting when the 19th annual report and balance sheet were presented. Satisfaction was expressed at the greatly improved conditions, and the bright prospects ahead.

The lectures and demonstrations given were of a very high order, and competitions held monthly have stimulated the interest of members, all entries being constructively criticized.

The Annual Exhibition of Photographic Art, which was inaugurated in May last, proved a success. Indications point to big entries being received next year, as more time will be allowed for overseas entries.

The Winter Show Photographic exhibit was on request arranged by a committee from the Wellington Camera Club, and a number of members were successful in winning awards. During the past year the society suffered the loss of its President, Mr. Malcolm Ross, who had rendered valuable service in the cause of photography.

A number of informal outings and several organized day and week-end trips were held, also two dances and two card evenings. Supper served by the ladies continues to form an agreeable termination of the fortnightly meetings of the society.

The Award Certificates for highest aggregate marks in 1929-30 monthly competitions were presented, the winners being: Senior: Miss Daisy Tinney; Junior: Miss B. Atkinson.

Mr. E.T. Robson was appointed a life member of the society, in recognition of valuable assistance rendered by him.

CHARLES BATHURST
1st Viscount Bledisloe
GCMG, KBE, PC

Born 21st September 1867 London, United Kingdom
Died 3rd July 1958 (aged 90) Lydney, Gloucestershire, United Kingdom

4th GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
19th March 1930 to 15th March 1935

18th OCTOBER 1930
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 94

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a large attendance of members at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when an animal study competition was held. Fifteen entries were received in A section and seven in B section. Those were judged by popular vote of those present; the results being:

A SECTION: ANIMAL STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Stubbs

THIRD: Mr. J.W. Stubbs

B SECTION: ANIMAL STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. F. Cook

SECOND: Miss H. Davidson

THIRD: Mr. F. Cook

Mr. P.B. Billing spoke on the subject, and also criticized the entries for the instruction of members. Regarding equipment, Mr. Billing recommended the use of a reflex camera, quarter-plate. It was necessary to focus quickly and exactly, and to use a large aperture lens, with fast backed plates, or orthochromatic film. The operator should be alert to seize every opportunity of a good picture, and in taking animals, naturalness was the main feature, which meant an appropriate background. In photographing dogs, the points should be stressed, the lecturer mentioning that many dogs were sold on their photographs alone. The best results were obtained by photographing animals standing and not sitting. At the conclusion, he was awarded a hearty vote of thanks.

Mention was made of an outing to Lowry Bay, and to the coming lantern lecture by Mr. Eric James of an exploration trip in the Milford Sound district.

The 1930 New Zealand Inter-Club photographic exhibition held in Auckland resulted as follows: Dunedin 1, Wellington 2, Christchurch 3, Invercargill 4, Auckland 5.



28th OCTOBER 1930
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 102
4th NOVEMBER 1930
Page 10 - PRESS, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 20076

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Unknown New Zealand" is the title of a lantern lecture to be given by Mr. Eric James, of Mararoru, Wanaka, on Thursday in the club room of the Wellington Camera Club, Wakefield street. Over 100 slides will be shown, made from photographs taken on a three months exploration trip in the regions north of Milford Sound (including the hitherto unexplored valley of the John O'Groats) and the Lower Hollyford, the object being to find a practical route connecting Milford Sound with the Lower Hollyford track. A small charge is being made for admission, and the public are invited to attend.



5th NOVEMBER 1930
Page 10 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME LXVII, ISSUE 20713
7th NOVEMBER 1930
Page 16 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 21177
25th NOVEMBER 1930
Page 3 - KING COUNTRY CHRONICLE, VOLUME XXIV, ISSUE 3234

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The view that there is oil in Westland was expressed by Mr. Eric James in a lecture on "Unknown New Zealand" to the Wellington Camera Club recently. Some years ago, said Mr. James, two miners found oil of the nature of paraffin oozing from a crevasse. They put samples of the oil in bottles, but the bottles were broken on the return to civilization. One of the miners died shortly afterwards in hospital, and the other, being new to bush lore, was never able to find the place again. A rough sketch map of the locality, however, was left by the miner before he died, and steps are being taken to investigate the possibility of oil being present in the hills.



19th NOVEMBER 1930
Page 6 - THAMES STAR, VOLUME LXIV, ISSUE 18047
24th NOVEMBER 1930
Page 2 - BAY OF PLENTY TIMES, VOLUME LIX, ISSUE 10539

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The possibility of there, being rubies of commercial value in Westland was put forward by Mr. Eric James in a lecture on “Unknown New Zealand” to the Wellington Camera Club last week. In the sandstone, said Mr. James, they found small rubies, particularly in the Karepo Valley. He believed that a company had been formed in Dunedin to try to find the source from which the rubies came, in order to see if they were present in quantities that would repay systematic mining.



22nd NOVEMBER 1930
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 124

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when two competitions were held: A grade, Cloud Effect, and B grade Street Scene. Twenty-one pictures were entered, and constructively criticized by Mr. J.K. Mackay, who gave much useful information to those present. Many varied cloud effects were depicted, but Mr. Mackay advocated photographing the reflection of clouds in a black mirror, in order to obtain the best results, using panchromatic plates and a yellow screen about K.2. Regarding street scenes, the pictures entered were of a good quality, showing that progress was being made by the entrants. For a street scene to be a successful picture, it was necessary that human interest should have a place in it. The results of the voting were as follow:

A GRADE: CLOUD EFFECT:

FIRST: Mr. E.T. Robson

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson

THIRD: Mr. R.J. Searle

B GRADE: STREET SCENE:

FIRST: Mr. Ian Powell

SECOND: Mr. Ian Powell

THIRD: Mr. F. Cook

At the conclusion, the lecturer was awarded a hearty vote of thanks.

Mr. E.T. Robson also spoke in reference to photographic competitions in connection with shows such as Palmerston North, and urged members to help along the cause of photography by entering pictures wherever possible. The opinion was expressed that if judges were to pass on comments regarding the awards and general standard of work, it would materially assist those competing. With regard to the previous monthly competition, Animal Study, the awards in B grade were wrongly stated. The first and third places were won by Mr. F. Cook.



25th NOVEMBER 1930
Page 3 - KING COUNTRY CHRONICLE, VOLUME XXIV, ISSUE 3234

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The view that there is oil in Westland was expressed by Mr. Eric James in a lecture on "Unknown New Zealand” to the Wellington Camera Club the other evening. Some years ago, said Mr. James, two miners found oil of the nature of paraffin oozing from a crevasse. They put samples of the oil in bottles, but the bottles were broken on the return to civilization. One of the miners died shortly afterwards in hospital, and the other, being new to bush lore, was never able to find the place again. A rough sketch map of the locality, however, was left by the miner before he died, and steps are being taken to investigate the possibility of oil being present in the hills.



1st DECEMBER 1930
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 131

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club will hold a social evening in the club rooms, when there will be items and competitions, followed by supper.



5th DECEMBER 1930
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CX, ISSUE 135

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
AN ANNUAL EVENT
Members of the Wellington Camera Club entertained their friends on Wednesday evening in the club rooms, Wakefield street. The occasion was the club's annual social evening, and Sir John Luke (the President), and Lady Luke were present. A miscellaneous program was given during the evening by Mr. A. Thompson and party, Miss Vera Reithmuller, Miss Betty Robson, Miss June Thomson, and Miss Grechen Diamond (pupils of Miss Kathleen Haire), and Messrs. A.J. Taylor, G.R. Whaler, V. Osborne, and E. Ireland. Supper was served by members of the committee, after which the evening was occupied with dancing. The social committee, which had arranged the program and the competitions comprised Miss E. Moginie (secretary), Miss G. Campbell, Miss H. Davidson, Mrs. Blackett, Messrs. R.A. Shaw, H.C. Peart, and J. Mills.



23rd FEBRUARY 1931
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXI, ISSUE 45

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a large attendance at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when the first competition for 1931 was held. The subject was landscape, and 24 pictures were entered. The results, by popular vote of those present, were as follows:

A GRADE: LANDSCAPE:

FIRST: Mr. C.H. M'Gill

SECOND: Mr. C.H. M'Gill

THIRD: Mr. R.J. Searle

B GRADE: LANDSCAPE:

FIRST: Miss H. Davidson

SECOND: Miss H. Davidson

THIRD: Mr. W. Bray

Messrs. Boyer, Peart, and Johnson constructively criticized the pictures, and an interesting evening was spent. Mr. C.H. M'Gill presided.



7th MARCH 1931
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXI, ISSUE 56

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The subject of the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was "Photographic Wrinkles", and many useful hints were contributed by those present. Mr. F.J. Colmer described how a bromide print could be improved by the controlled use of artists medium and pigment, and also outlined his method of washing prints. Mr. R.J. Searle spoke on double toning, with special reference to Zoo photography. Mr. J.W. Johnson referred to the same subject, having brought along architectural photos. Mr. E.T. Robson, after referring to some of the difficulties in his early photographic career, laid particular emphasis on the need for gaining a mastery of exposure, advocating the use of a good exposure diary. He passed round for inspection four pictures by an Australian artist, Mr. William Wainwright, of Perth, the beautiful etching-like effect, with lovely tones, being most favorably commented on.

Mr. H.C. Peart gave a series of hints likely to be useful to amateurs, such as the way to keep developer at a certain temperature in the winter, and thus prevent stains; how to make a printing mask; the correct way to set up a tripod, etc.

Mr. C.H. M'Gill recounted details of his darkroom routine, a quick method of washing prints, and the value of an iodine bath for tone-deficient prints. At the conclusion a vote of thanks was awarded to those who had contributed to the evening's instruction.



21st MARCH 1931
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXI, ISSUE 68

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
One of the best monthly competitions so far held took place at the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club this week.

The subject was "open" competition, and 19 entries were received from A grade, and 12 from B grade. These comprised a variety of subjects, many of the photographs having been taken abroad. The pictures were voted on by the members present, with the following results:

A GRADE: OPEN:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson

THIRD: Mr. J.W. Johnson

B GRADE: OPEN:

FIRST: Mr. Ian L.J. Powell

SECOND: Mr. Ian L.J. Powell

THIRD: Miss H. Davidson

Mr. K.T. Robson opened by urging members to study composition, and to always be satisfied that they had got the best result from the materials at hand. He then criticized the pictures, and incidentally showed the need for the title to fit the picture. Messrs. Boyer, Johnson, and Peart also commented on the entries, and a most interesting and instructive evening was spent.



4th APRIL 1931
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXI, ISSUE 79

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. J.A. Heginbotham delivered a very interesting lecture to members of the Wellington Camera Club on the subject of "Composition". In his opening remarks the lecturer dealt with the difference in method and result of the worker in color and the photographer. He stated that the lines of Egyptian art were noticeably inaccurate, and by a series of diagrams (which the club has retained for future reference) he showed how the correct lines of Greek art were arrived at; also pointing out the significance of numbers in relation to the size of pictures, etc. As photographers could not make much use of nature, Mr. Heginbotham urged photographic students to make a special study of composition and tone values; as a knowledge of composition lines, showing the correct placing of interesting points, would be of great assistance in composing pictures, and judging them. Special reference was made to common errors in perspective and balance; and after the lecture a discussion took place. Mr. Heginbotbam was unanimously accorded a hearty vote of thanks.



18th APRIL 1931
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXI, ISSUE 91

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A seascape and marine competition was held at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club this week, when nineteen pictures were entered, and constructively criticized by Messrs. F.J. Colmer, J.W. Johnson, and H.C. Peart. The criticism brought out the fact that in some pictures the horizon line cut the picture in half, or was crooked; the rocks were too heavy, or the viewpoint could have been improved upon. The results of members voting on the best entries was as follows:

A GRADE: SEASCAPE AND MARINE:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson

THIRD: Mr. L. Powell

B GRADE: SEASCAPE AND MARINE:

FIRST: Mr. W. Bray

SECOND: Mr. Ian L.J. Powell

THIRD: Mr. Ian L.J. Powell

Notice was given of a coming lecture by Mr. A. Leigh Hunt on Scott's Last Polar Expedition, with incidents from Shackleton, Mawson, and Byrd, illustrated by Ponting's original lantern slides.



5th MAY 1931
Page 17 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXI, ISSUE 104

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Scott's Last Polar Expedition, with Incidents from Shackleton, Mawson, and Byrd", is the title of a lantern lecture, illustrated by Ponting's original slides, to be given by Mr. A. Leigh Hunt at the clubroom, Wakefield street, of the Wellington Camera Club to-morrow night. Sir John P. Luke (President) will preside, and all interested are cordially invited to be present. A small charge will be made for admission.



9th MAY 1931
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXI, ISSUE 108

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
LECTURE ON ANTARCTICA
There was a large attendance at the lecture given this week by Mr. A. Leigh Hunt under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club, on "Scott's Last Polar Journey", with incidents from Shackleton, Mawson and Byrd, illustrated by Ponting's original lantern slides.

The lecturer painted a vivid picture of Antarctica, which comprised an area of 5 1/2 million square miles. It was unique in that there were no rivers, no lakes, no flowers, and very little soil. Plants had been grown, but only in boxes of earth taken down for the purpose. In contrast to the Arctic regions, there were no land animals at all, the only exceptions being the great scientific discoveries in 1905 by Dr. Wilson, and 1911 by Dr. Taylor, of two little insects resembling a flea. It was a silent Continent, and men's voices could be heard for one and a half miles, while dogs had been heard barking seven miles away. Visibility was wonderfully clear. Antarctica had the greatest extent of ice in the world, and was the only place perfectly free from germs. The temperature fluctuated, and there were terrific storms. The great Ice Barrier was 170,000 square miles in extent.

The outstanding physical features were Ross Island, surrounded by ice, the two mountains, Terror and Erebos, tremendous ranges of mountains, with great glaciers flowing slowly to the sea, and big icebergs 40 miles long and 200 ft high. There were also seams of coal and fossilized forests. The lecturer was accorded a hearty vote of thanks.



11th MAY 1931
Page 2 and 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXI, ISSUE 109

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PHOTOGRAPHIC COMPETITION
The set of 60 pictures entered in the 1930 New Zealand Inter-Club competition has just reached Wellington, and will be exhibited by the Wellington Camera Club in its clubroom, Watts Building, 250 Wakefield street, on Wednesday next from 7pm to 9.30pm, Mr. A.S. Mitchell F.N.Z.1.A., will comment on the pictures, and all interested in pictorial photographic art are invited to be present. A collection will be taken to defray expenses.

The competition was held in Auckland this year, the judges being Messrs. Hipwell and G.E. Jones FRPS. Marks were awarded on the following basis: Selection 20, composition 50, technique 25, presentation 5, total 100. The results were: Dunedin, 863 marks, 1; Wellington, 781 marks, 2; Christchurch, 664 marks, 3; Auckland, 646 marks, 4; Invercargill, 636 marks, 5. The pictures are in sets of 12, from each center, and the champion picture was declared to be that of Mr. R.S. Lediard, Auckland, who was awarded 99 marks. In the Wellington set, the highest marks were awarded to Miss D. Tinney, "The Net", 92 marks, and Mr. J.W. Jones, "From Bush to Mill", 82 marks.



19th MAY 1931
Page 2 and 15 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXI, ISSUE 116

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PHOTOGRAPHIC COMPETITION
The exhibition of the 60 pictures entered for the 1930 Photographic Competition, which was to have been held last week, was unavoidably postponed, and will now be held to-morrow in the clubroom of the Wellington Camera Club, Watts Building, 250, Wakefield street. The pictures will be on view at 7.30pm, and, after the usual club meeting (architecture competition), which will be shortened, Mr. E.T. Robson will comment on the New Zealand Inter-Club pictures. All interested in pictorial art are invited to be present.



25th MAY 1931
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXI, ISSUE 121

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when an architecture competition was held, with the following results:

A GRADE: ARCHITECTURE:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. R.J. Searle

THIRD: Mr. J.W. Johnson

B GRADE: ARCHITECTURE:

FIRST: Mr. Ian L.J. Powell

SECOND: Mr. Ian L.J. Powell

THIRD: Mr. Ian L.J. Powell

Mr. H.C. Peart briefly criticized the entries for the benefit of those present. Mr. E.T. Robson spoke with regard to the 1930 New Zealand Inter-Club pictures, which were on view. He did not agree with some of the judges marking, but pointed out that judging was a thankless task, as it was impossible to please everyone; however, it was most essential that a judge should be consistent. Mr. Robson advised pictorial photographers to hang their finished pictures on the walls of their bedrooms or elsewhere, where they could be looked at frequently before being sent in for competitions; thus the imperfections and short comings would gradually become clear to them. To make progress it was necessary to compete with others, or one would stand still. The main object in holding such exhibitions of pictures was for each competitor and each person who tried to make a picture to get some satisfaction from the results. Various pictures were dealt with in detail, and their marks analyzed and commented on, for the instruction of those present. At the conclusion Mr. Robson was awarded a hearty vote of thanks. One new member was elected, and an outing for 3rd June announced.



15th June 1931
Page 291 - Volume 38 Number 6 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The most noteworthy feature of the Wellington Camera Club work this year has been the increasing interest in the monthly competitions. All entries, when hung on the evening provided, are voted on by members, and afterwards are constructively criticized. As a result, the standard of work has greatly improved, both in A and B classes.

A landscape competition brought forth 24 entries; seascape and marine, 19 entries. "Any open subject" proved most popular, and 31 pictures were hung, comprising a variety of pictures, many being taken abroad.

A most instructive lecture was recently given by Mr. J.A. Heginbotham on the subject of Composition”. In his opening remarks the lecturer dealt with the difference in method and result of the worker in color and the photographer. He stated that the lines of Egyptian art were noticeably inaccurate, and by a series of diagrams, which the Club has retained for future reference, he showed how the correct lines of Greek art were arrived at, and also pointed out the significance of numbers in relation to the size of pictures, etc. As photographers could not make the same use of nature, Mr. Heginbotham urged them to devote special study to composition and tone values. A knowledge of composition lines, showing the correct placing of points of interest, would be of great assistance in composing pictures and judging them.

On account of the Art Gallery not being definitely available, the Annual Exhibition, which was to have been held in May, has been postponed.



22nd June 1931
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXI, ISSUE 141

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. J.K. Mackay presided over a good attendance at the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when a figure study competition was held, 19 pictures being hung.

The result of the voting was as follows:

A GRADE: FIGURE STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson

THIRD: Mr. J.W. Johnson

B GRADE: FIGURE STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. F. Cook

SECOND: Mr. F. Cook

THIRD: Mr. F. Cook

Mr. A.S. Mitchell gave the main criticism of the pictures, suggesting various improvements. He stated that it was essential to have a good general lighting of the whole scheme, to be able to see every part of it, and then to concentrate attention on the particular feature it was desired to emphasize, and to make the figure stand out well from the background. Several other members also spoke.

The secretary announced that the 1931 New Zealand Inter-Club exhibition was being held in Invercargill in August, the judge being Mr. J.J.W. Pollard.



4th JULY 1931
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 4

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a large attendance at the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when Mr. J.W. Johnson, of Petone, delivered a very interesting lantern lecture, "A Holiday in Holland". The quaint dresses of the people and the winding waterways made the series of pictures very interesting. At the conclusion Mr. Johnson was accorded a hearty vote of thanks, also the lantern operator, Mr. Ian L.J. Powell. Forward notice was given of a street scene competition, with special hints to be given; also of a social evening.



18th JULY 1931
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 16

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
SCENIC PHOTOGRAPHY
HINTS BY AN EXPERT
A highly entertaining and instructive talk on "Hints on Outdoor Scenic Photography" was delivered by Mr. H.C. Peart, the well-known landscape photographer, at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. The lecturer advised those interested in photography to cut out from magazines portions of interest and reproductions, of good pictures, and paste them in a book for future reference; to study-good pictures; to visit the Public Library for art information; read books on art first and photography afterwards; to keep an eye out in second hand bookshops. He advised people to purchase the best camera they could afford, and to experiment with films (preferably) with varied exposures. He drew attention to, various faults and their correction, such as the dampness that comes over the lens of a camera carried in a rucksack, etc. The difference between a technical photographer and a pictorial photographer was also stressed. While the former wanted everything sharp, the pictorialist aimed at getting feeling into pictures, though, of course, it was necessary to study the laws of composition before going out to photograph. It was desirable to photograph what one liked, and to be in the mood for it. One should bear in mind that the eye, in looking at a scene, perceived only the main object sharply — the rest receded into the distance.

Mr. Peart displayed a large number of pictures to members, pointing out the reason for their being taken from the particular viewpoint, etc., and illustrating three essentials in landscape — foreground, middle distance, and far distance.

At the conclusion the lecturer was accorded a hearty vote of thanks.

A "Street Scene" competition was also held, but there were not as many entries as usual, due, doubtless, to the uncertain weather experienced of late. The results were:

A GRADE: STREET SCENE:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

B GRADE: STREET SCENE:

FIRST: Mr. Ian L.J. Powell

Announcements were made of coming functions, including a social evening and in August a lantern slide lecture, entitled "Sunny Italy". The slides for the latter have been sent out from London by the Royal Photographic Society, and were taken by the Rev. H.O. Fenton on a tour through Italy.



30th JULY 1931
Page 17 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 26

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
CAMERA CLUB PARTY
The members of the Wellington Camera Club do not only concern themselves with producing delightfully artistic "sun pictures", or charming portraiture and groups, for they recognize the social part of life in a very pleasant manner. One of their pleasant parties took place last evening in the clubroom at the corner of Wakefield and Tory streets, when there was a large gathering of friends. The program began with some music, banjo items, a recitation by Miss Vera Reithmuller, and a song by Mr. A.J. Taylor - all very enjoyable; and then came some artistic dance studies, given by the pupils of Miss Kathleen Haire, any of which would have made delightful pictures, had subjects been looked for at the time. Later, Mr. V. Osborne gave an excellent recitation, and some songs by Mr. Stapp and Mr. Booth, which also pleased everyone, as did the artistic accompaniments by Mrs. Maud Malcolm. A couple of amusing competitions formed part of the entertainment also. Miss M. Mogenie was the energetic secretary, and the committee members included Miss Campbell and Miss H. Davidson, Messrs. R.A. Shaw, H.C. Peart, and C.H. Fitzgerald. The supper was a very dainty one, and the evening finished up with dancing, making altogether a happy entertainment for many friends.



10th AUGUST 1931
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 35

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club has just received from the Royal Photographic Society, London (with which it is affiliated), 62 lantern slides, and a lecture entitled "Sunny Italy". These slides were made from photographs taken by the Rev. H.O. Fenton, of London, well known for his beautiful scenic effects, and at an open evening to be held in the clubroom on Wednesday the slides will be shown. Sir John P. Luke, President of the club, will preside.

At the last meeting of the club, an interesting paper was read by Mr. J.W. Stubbs on "Art, as Applied to Photography, with Special Reference to Making a Bromide Print".



21st AUGUST 1931
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 45

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Still Life" was the subject at the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last week, Mr. J.H. Mackay being in charge of the evening. A competition was held, the pictures being hung and voted upon, with the following result:

A GRADE: STILL LIFE:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

B GRADE: STILL LIFE:

FIRST: Mr. F. Cook

SECOND: Mr. F. Cook

THIRD: Mr. F. Cook

Mr. Mackay briefly commented on the pictures, and then spoke on still life photography, which could be successfully undertaken by electric light, he said. He advised photographers to aim for simplicity, making the best arrangement of a few objects, with suitable lighting, preferably as in portraiture at an angle of 45 degrees. He referred to the fact that in the recent New Zealand Inter-Club competition at Invercargill the champion picture was of a still life subject, showing that there was great scope in this direction. Announcement was made that the Wellington Camera Club hoped to receive the set of 84 pictures in the 1931 competition early in November, when arrangements would be made for their exhibition.



17th SEPTEMBER 1931
Page 15 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 68

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
There was a good attendance of members at the last night's annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, the chair being occupied by Mr. C.H. M'Gill.

The annual report, which was adopted, states that the club's activities have been well maintained, and that work submitted has been of higher quality than in the past. An increasing interest was manifested in the competitions during the year, due doubtless to the system adopted of having the entries hung, voted on, and discussed.

A GRADE: TROPHY AND CERTIFICATES FOR THE HIGHEST AGGREGATE MARKS: FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

B GRADE: TROPHY AND CERTIFICATES FOR THE HIGHEST AGGREGATE MARKS: FIRST: Mr. I.L.J. Powell

Twelve pictures were entered for the 1930 competition held in Auckland, and Wellington again secured second place. Miss D. Tinney secured 92 marks for her picture, "The Net", and Mr. Jones 82 marks with the picture "From Bush to Mill". This year the competition was held in Invercargill, seven club's participating. The results to hand are: 1st, Auckland, 996; Invercargill, 983; Hamilton, 969; Dunedin, 954; Wellington, 909; Christchurch, 749; Palmerston North, 677. The judge, Mr. J.J.W. Pollard, stated that there was a great improvement over previous efforts. The complete set of 84 pictures is expected to reach Wellington for exhibition early in November. The matter of finalizing a set of permanent rules for these New Zealand Inter-Club competitions is still under consideration by New Zealand societies.

Advice was received from the Auckland Camera Club that a special loan exhibition of pictorial photography by New Zealanders would be held in the Auckland Art Gallery shortly; and each photographic society in the Dominion was invited to submit 24 pictures for the exhibition. It was mentioned that the best of the pictures would be later picked out and sent to the London Salon. A committee comprised of Miss D. Tinney, Mr. J.W. Johnson, and Mr. C.P.S. Boyer was appointed to make a selection from the Wellington Camera Club.

Officers for the ensuing year were elected as follows:

ELECTION OF OFFICERS 1931 - 1932			PATRON: HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL LORD BLEDISLOE			President SIR JOHN P. LUKE, K.B.E., C.M.G., J.P.
Vice President: Mr. C.H. McGill	Vice President: Mr. J.K. Mackay	Vice President: Mr. H. Moult	HON.SECRETARY: Miss Hannah Johnson	Hon. Treasurer: Miss A.L. Welsby	Committee: Miss D. Tinney	Committee: Mr. C.P.S. Boyer	Committee: Mr. J.W. Johnson
Committee: Mr. L. Powell	Committee: Mr. J.L. Stewart	Committee: Mr. J.W. Stubbs	Hon. Auditor: Mr. R.A. Davison	Hon. Competition Secretary: Mr. L. Powell	Hon. Librarian: Mr. L. Powell	Social Committee: Miss G.M. Campbell (convener)
Social Committee: Miss E. Moginie	Social Committee: Miss H. Davidson	Social Committee: Mrs. L. Blackett	Social Committee: Mr. F. Cook	Social Committee: Mr. C.H. Fitzgerald	Social Committee: Mr. H.C. Peart	Social Committee: Mr. R.A. Shaw	Social Committee: Mr. C.G. Smith

CHARLES BATHURST
1st Viscount Bledisloe
GCMG, KBE, PC

Born 21st September 1867 London, United Kingdom
Died 3rd July 1958 (aged 90) Lydney, Gloucestershire, United Kingdom

4th GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
19th March 1930 to 15th March 1935

15th October 1931
Volume 38 Number 10 - Page 501
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
20th ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The 20th Annual General Meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held on 16th September. An increased interest has been manifested in the Monthly Competitions, and the winners of the trophy and certificate awarded for the highest aggregate marks during the year were: A Section, J.W. Johnson; B Section, Ian L.J. Powell.

The Society was fortunate in securing several interesting lantern lectures during the year, one being a lecture entitled "Sunny Italy”, the slides being made by the Rev. H.O. Fenton and sent out by the Royal Photographic Society. These are being shown in some of the other centers, and it is hoped that similar lectures will be forth coming for the benefit of our Societies. Various demonstration lectures and exhibitions of pictures were held during the year, including the Annual Inter-Club Exhibition. Two social evenings and numerous informal outings were much enjoyed by those participating in them.



27th OCTOBER 1931
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 102

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when the subject of the monthly competition was "Animal Study". Twenty-two pictures were hung, the results of voting being:

A GRADE: ANIMAL STUDY:

FIRST: Miss Daisy Tinney

SECOND: Mr. R.J. Searle

THIRD: Mr. J.W. Johnson

B GRADE: ANIMAL STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. C. Cornford

Mr. P.B. Billing was the speaker of the evening, and much useful information was given as to the proper procedure to be followed in photographing animals.



21st NOVEMBER 1931
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 124

PICTORIAL PHOTOGRAPHY EXHIBITION

Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, 24th, 25th, 26th NOVEMBER

10am to 10pm

Y.M.C.A. Building, Willis-street
Lecture Room, 1st Floor

84 only

NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB

COMPETITION PICTURES

1931

All interested invited. Collection

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB

HANNAH JOHNSON
HON.SECRETARY

21st NOVEMBER 1931
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 124

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a large attendance at this week's meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when a tree study competition was held. There had been considerable argument as to what a tree study really was, and the subject interested members to the extent of 33 pictures being hung for competition and criticism. Miss H. Johnson, gave a short talk on the subject, stating that as trees occurred in a landscape, the definition of a tree study was a landscape in which the dominating feature was a tree or trees. There was something beautiful and arresting about trees: their appeal was in their color, shape, etc. As the making of pictures was the aim of a photographic club, before photographing trees it was necessary to understand the art of selection (leaving out) and composition (arranging what is left). Trees aided in determining the three distances, near, middle, and far; they gave contrast and balance. For tree photography it was best to operate in early morning or late afternoon, as the lengthened shadows which aided the composition of the picture and the lighting was softer. As a tribute to the memory of the late Mr. George Norton, who was an old and respected life member of the club, members stood in silence for a brief period. The set of 84 pictures, entries in the 1931 New Zealand Inter-Club photographic competition, having arrived in Wellington, it was decided to exhibit these in the Y.M.C.A. building (lecture-room) for three days and nights next week (Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday).



24th NOVEMBER 1931
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 126

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club (Inc.), the photographs shown in the 1931 New Zealand Inter-Club photographic competition are on exhibition in the Y.M.C.A. Building.

The competition was held this year in Invercargill, the judge being Mr. J.J.W. Pollard.

The results were as follows: Auckland 996, Invercargill 983, Hamilton 969, Dunedin 954, Wellington 909, Christchurch 749, Palmerston North 677.

The special individual awards were:

BEST STILL LIFE DECORATION AND GENERAL, AND CHAMPION PICTURE: Mr. D.F. Lyons, Auckland, "Ex Libris", 96 points;

BEST SEASCAPE AND MARINE: Dr. Tizard, Dunedin, "Keri, Keri", 91 points;

BEST PORTRAIT OR FIGURE STUDY: Mrs. Muller, Hamilton, "The Aviatrix", 95 points;

BEST LANDSCAPE: Mr. F.R.S. Petrie, Invercargill, "Sand Decoration", 89 points.

8th DECEMBER 1931
Page 9 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 138

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MEMBERS and Friends are notified that the Social Evening arranged to take place on WEDNESDAY, 9th December, has been Postponed to a later date on account of the death of Sir John P. Luke, President of the Club.

HANNAH JOHNSON
HON.SECRETARY



8th DECEMBER 1931
Page 9 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 138

THE MAYOR'S REFERENCE
The Mayor, Mr. T.C.A. Hislop, referred at last night's meeting of the City Council to the passing of Sir John Luke, and said that he would not ask the councilors to formally express their regret and sympathy with the members of the late Sir John Luke's family at the moment, for he had given the city such long and useful service that he felt that he could not do justice to his fine record at such short notice. He therefore proposed to move a formal resolution at the special meeting of the council to be held on, Wednesday next.

At the meeting of the Ratepayers Association last evening, the President (Mr. H.H. Miller) made feeling reference to the death of Sir John Luke.

As a mark of respect to the late Sir John Luke the annual presentation of awards won by students of the RED CROSS SOCIETY during the past year, which was to have taken place at the Concert Chamber of the Town Hall tonight, has been postponed until next Monday. Very deep and sincere sympathy is felt by members of the RED CROSS SOCIETY for Lady Luke and the bereaved relatives. Lady Luke is a foundation member of the RED CROSS SOCIETY, and at all times has displayed a lively, sympathetic, and keen interest in Red Cross affairs, and Sir John likewise has supported Lady Luke in her Red Cross activities. The late Sir John Luke was President of the Wellington Camera Club, and its social evening, fixed for tomorrow evening, has been postponed.



9th DECEMBER 1931
Page 11 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXII, ISSUE 139

FUNERAL SERVICE
SIR JOHN P. LUKE
LARGE ATTENDANCE AT ST. PAUL'S
The very high esteem in which the late Sir John P. Luke was held in Wellington was shown by the large attendance at his funeral service, which was held in St. Paul's Pro-Cathedral today. The service was conducted by the Bishop of Wellington (the Right Rev. T.H. Sprott), Canon James, and the Rev. G.M. M'Kenzie.

The principal mourners were Lady Luke (widow), Messrs. J. Pearce Luke, H.A. Luke, George Luke, and F.W. Luke (sons), three grandsons (Malcolm, Ronald, and Philip Luke), Mrs. E.H. Charlesworth, the daughters-in-law and son-in-law, the older grandchildren, Mr. C.M. Luke (brother), Mrs. E.H. Little, Mr. H.A. M'Gregor, Mr. W. Robinson, Captain Post (brothers-in-law), and Mesdames Robinson, Aiken, W. Luke, S. Luke, G. Luke, and a number of nephews and nieces.

Amongst those present were: Mr. A.C. Day (representing His Excellency the Governor-General), Mr. F.D. Thomson, Permanent Head of the Prime Minister's Department (representing the Right Hon. G.W. Forbes, Prime Minister), the Right Hon. J.G. Coates, the Hon. D. Jones, Miss M. Downie Stewart, Lady Myers, representing Sir Michael Myers (Chief Justice), Messrs. R.A. Wright M.P., W.H. Field M.P., R. Semple M.P., P. Eraser M.P., R. M'Keen M.P., Sir Thomas Sidey M.L.C., Mr. E.W. Kane, Clerk of Parliaments (representing the Speaker of the Legislative Council), Sir W. Hall-Jones M.L.C., Sir Harold Beauchamp, Sir Henry Buckleton, Lady Buckleton, Messrs. L.P. Blundell, W.J. Blundell, H.P.F. Blundell, H.F. Johnston, K.C.S. Harcourt, P. Myers (representing the Jewish community), John Myers (representing the Wellington Chamber of Commerce), J.W. Jack, T. Ralph, A.B. Clater, A.J. Toogood, E. Kellow, C.W. Chilman, J.M.A. Ilott, W. Appleton, Dr. H.A.H. Glimer, A. de B. Brandon, W.H. Russell, Robert Parker, T.E.Y. Seddon, C.W. Tringham (President Wellesley Club), R.E. Bennett (secretary Wellesley Club), W.F. Ward, A.H. Hollis, A.R. Mock, A.E. Erskine, H.L. Nathan, A.H. Miles, J. Abel (Wellington Manufacturers' Association), R.T.M. Edmonds, Colonel G.T. Hall, A.H. Holliwell, F. Castle (chairman Wellington Hospital Board), Alexander P. Smith, R.A. Darroch, Dr. J.S. Elliott, Dr. C.G.F. Morice, J.M. Griffiths (secretary Wellington Racing Club), E.C. Cachemaille, J. Marchbanks, A.J. Curtis, H.W. Shortt, F.G. Matthews, Dr. W.J.H. Hislop, J.J. Clark, G.L. Stewart, G.A. Troup, H.H. Cornish, G.G. Watson, W. Perry, D.A. Ewen, E.G. Pilcher, S. Fairchild, A. Jacob, A.J. Curtis, W.J. Hildreth, F. Campbell, G. Carwell Cooke, Brigadier H.P. Sharp (Salvation Army), W. Ferguson, A.J. Paterson, W.H.P. Barber, Colonel J.G. Hughes, H.D. Didsbury, H.T. Marshall, F.C. Palethorpe, C. Wilson, L.'M'Kenzie, J.H. Harper, T.C.A. Hislop (Mayor), members of the City Council, and principal officers of the council, Mr. H.D. Bennett (deputy-chairman), members and principal officers of the Wellington Harbour Board, G. Shirtcliffe, Dr. W.E. Collins, Captain Galloway (representing Red Cross Society), Dr. Izard, Rev. D.C. Bates, D.A. Aiken (managing director Union Steam Ship Company), A.W. Wheeler (general manager Union Steam Ship Company), W.H. Price (Wellington manager Union Steam Ship Company), Mrs. Suckling (President), Mrs. M.J. Forde (HON.SECRETARY), representing Wellington branch National Council of Women, Mrs. H.E. Gibbs (President), Mrs. G.P.H. Davidson (vice-President), representing Wellington branch of the New Zealand Free Kindergarten Union; Miss E. Kane (Pioneer Club).

ADDRESS BY CANON JAMES:
Canon James said it was not customary to give an address at a funeral service in that church, but on this occasion he would like to say that the sudden death of Sir John Luke had brought to a close a long and honorable career in this city and in the Dominion. It was thirty-three years age when Sir John Luke made his first entry into the City Council, and during the years that had passed since then he had taken a notable part in the development of greater Wellington. In the year before the war he was elected Mayor of Wellington, which position he held for some eight years. During the war years he had shown conspicuous capacity, energy, and patriotism. Ho had a generous heart, which was moved to compassion for those in misfortune. He was always ready to help in the relief of suffering and distress. The great congregation present in the Pro-Cathedral was not only a testimony to the value of his public service, both civic and parliamentary, but also testified to his humanitarian activities and to the affectionate personal regard in which he was held by multitudes in this city and also beyond the bounds of the city. By the warm kindliness of his nature and his human sympathy, and by his zeal in promoting all good movements, he had won the highest regard of all. To his sorrowing widow and family the most earnest sympathy was extended.

As a mark of respect to the late Sir John Luke the annual presentation of awards won by Red Cross Society students, which was to have taken place at the Town Hall last evening, was postponed until next Monday. Members of the Red Cross have expressed deep and sincere sympathy for Lady Luke, who is a foundation member of the society, and who has at all times displayed a sympathetic and keen interest in Red Cross affairs. Sir John Luke gave ready and helpful support to Lady Luke in her Red Cross activities.

The Wellington Camera Club, of which the late Sir John Luke was President, has postponed its social, to have been held this evening, as a mark of respect to him.



15th January 1932
Page 32 - Volume 39 Number 1 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club has just concluded a three days exhibition of the set of 84 pictures entered in the 1931 New Zealand Inter-Club Competition, the pictures being much admired.

Two recent successful club competitions were Animal Study (22 entries) and Tree Study (33 entries), much useful information being gathered during the discussions.

An illustrated lecture on "London”, by the HON.SECRETARY, was also much enjoyed.

We regret to report the loss by death of two highly esteemed members. Our President, Sir John P. Luke, K.B.E., C.M.G., J.P., has just passed away, and also Mr. John Norton, an old life member.



5th February 1932
Page 14 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 30

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance at the opening meeting of the Wellington Camera Club for 1932, when Mr. P.N. Denton, the newly elected President, was welcomed on behalf of members by Mr. C.H. McGill. Mr. Denton, in his reply, expressed pleasure at the appointment, and referred to the loss sustained by the club last year through the deaths of Sir John P. Luke, late President, and Mr. George Norton, an old and respected member. Mr. Denton recalled the fact that he was the first President of the Wellington Amateur Photographic Society, which position he held for eight years, and he hoped to induce some of the former members to rejoin and help to make the club a still greater success.

Two new members were elected.

Mr. J.W. Johnson gave a short address on composition, illustrating the points made, by means of sketches and photographs. A profitable and enjoyable evening was brought to a close with the serving of refreshments by the ladies.



19th MARCH 1932
Page 8 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 67

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a large attendance at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, the special attraction being the exhibition of a portfolio of 46 pictures sent to affiliated societies by the Royal Photographic Society, London. These pictures were reviewed by Mr. E.T. Robson, for the instruction of members. Figure studies and portraits predominated, and there was a scarcity of landscapes. Several members also spoke of the merits and demerits of the pictures.

The monthly competition amongst club members was also held, "Any Subject, open", being the theme. Twenty-one pictures were hung in A section and six in B section. The voting of those present resulted as follows:

A GRADE: OPEN:

FIRST: Mr. Ian L.J. Powell

SECOND: Mr. R.J. Searle

THIRD: Mr. C.P.S. Boyer

B GRADE: OPEN:

FIRST: Mr. J.T. Salmon

SECOND: Miss H. Davidson

THIRD: Mr. J.T. Salmon

Mr. J.K. Mackay led the criticism of the pictures, and a discussion followed, much useful information being gained.



7th MAY 1932
Page 17 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 107

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. P.N. Denton presided over the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when Mr. J.W. Johnson gave a very interesting practical demonstration of the oil pigmenting process as applied to photography, and also the bromoil process. The various stages were watched by members. The demonstrator was awarded a hearty vote of thanks. The next competition was announced as "Holiday Subject", the speaker for the evening to be Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor. Members were asked to get ready pictures for the Wellington Winter Show photography competition and also to bear in mind that the 1932 New Zealand Inter-Club competition pictures would be judged in Wellington this year.



4th JUNE 1932
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIII, ISSUE 131

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a large attendance of members and friends at this week's meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when Mr. R.G. Simmers delivered an interesting lantern lecture on the birds and animals of the Antarctic region. Mr. P.N. Denton presided, and Mr. H.C. Peart operated the lantern. At the conclusion the lecturer and operator were accorded hearty votes of thanks. It was announced that the 1932 New Zealand Inter-Club competition pictures would be judged in Wellington, and members were asked to submit rough prints for selection in the Wellington quota, by 22nd June. Mr. Ian Powell was appointed honorary secretary for the competition, and Messrs. J.W. Johnson and C.P.S. Boyer the selection and mounting committee. The photography section of the Wellington Winter Show was again brought before members, who were urged to "submit entries. A coming social evening and outing were announced.



3rd SEPTEMBER 1932
EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIV, ISSUE 56

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
CAMERA CLUB'S CUP
Presented by Lord Bledisloe, patron of the Wellington Camera Club, for the best club exhibition in annual competition among the Amateur Photographic Societies of New Zealand.

BLEDISLOE CUP

10th SEPTEMBER 1932
Page 22 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIV, ISSUE 62

CAMERA CLUB
In the absence of the expected lecturer for the evening, at the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. Mr. P.N. Denton kindly delivered at short notice a lecture on Ceylon. Some very interesting lantern slides of Colombo and Kandy were shown, and many studies of native life the tea planting industry, etc. Mr. H.C. Peart operated the lantern, and at the conclusion both were awarded hearty votes of thanks.

It was announced that the silver cup which His Excellency the Governor General, Lord Bledisloe, had kindly presented for annual competition amongst the amateur photographic clubs of New Zealand, was on view in Mr. Denton's shop window.



24th SEPTEMBER 1932
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIV, ISSUE 74

CAMERA CLUB
ELECTION OF OFFICERS
The activities of the Wellington Camera Club (Inc.), according to the report presented at the annual meeting held this week, have been well maintained. The membership remains practically unaltered. The monthly pictorial competition strictly followed the syllabus. The practice of having the entries voted on and criticized the same evening resulted in interesting instruction.

The winners were:

A GRADE: PICTORIAL COMPETITION: FIRST: Mr. Ian L.J. Powell

B GRADE: PICTORIAL COMPETITION: FIRST: Mr. J.T. Salmon

Keen competition in the New Zealand Inter-Club contests is expected in view of the fact that the Patron, (Lord Bledisloe) presented a silver cup for the annual competition, at present held by Auckland.

The election of officers resulted as follows:

ELECTION OF OFFICERS 1932 - 1933					PATRON: HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL LORD BLEDISLOE			President Mr. P.N. DENTON
Vice President: Mr. A.H. Eaton	Vice President: Mr. J.M. Ellis	Vice President: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Vice President: Mr. C.H. McGill	Vice President: Mr. J.K. Mackay	Vice President: Mr. H. Moult	Vice President: Mr. E.T. Robson	Vice President: Mr. J.L. Stewart	HON.SECRETARY: Miss Hannah Johnson	Hon. Treasurer: Miss A.L. Welsby
Committee: Miss G.M. Campbell	Committee: Mr. C.P.S. Boyer	Committee: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	Committee: Mr. Ian L.J. Powell	Committee: Mr. L. Powell	Committee: Mr. J.W. Stubbs	Hon. Auditor: Mr. R.A. Davison	Hon. Competition Secretary: Mr. Ian L.J. Powell	Hon. Librarian: Mr. L. Powell	Social Convener: Miss G.M. Campbell

3rd OCTOBER 1932
Page 12 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIV, ISSUE 81

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. P.N. Denton presided over a large attendance at an open meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, this week, when Mr. N.H. Robinson, a visiting pressman from Australia, showed an interesting selection of lantern slides, including Sydney on land and from the air. Numerous slides were shown depicting well-known aviators and their stunts, and also the Australian Fleet manoeuvres. At the conclusion, on the motion of Mr. McGill, Mr. Robinson was accorded a hearty vote of thanks.



15th October 1932
Page 501 - Volume 39 Number 10 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual report of the Wellington Camera Club showed that, although the past year had not been an easy one, the membership stood about the same as last year.

The winners of the highest aggregate award (certificate and one guinea) during the past year were: A Section, Mr. Ian L.J. Powell; B Section, Mr. J.T. Salmon.

The 1932 New Zealand Inter-Club Competition Pictures were judged in Wellington this year by Messrs. A.H. Eaton and J.M. Ellis, Auckland Camera Club being the winning club.



14th DECEMBER 1932
Page 5 - MANAWATU STANDARD, VOLUME LIII, ISSUE 14

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At a general committee meeting of the Manawatu and West Coast Agricultural and Pastoral Association.
The Wellington Camera Club wrote advancing the suggestion that a reduction in the entrance fees for the photography competition would result in larger entries and more popular competition. Was referred to the arts and industries committee.



6th FEBRUARY 1933
Page 12 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXV, ISSUE 30

CAMERA CLUB
After a vacation of two months, members of the Wellington Camera Club assembled last week for the beginning of the 1933 season, a lantern slide evening being held. Mr. W. Blanch operated the lantern, and slides were contributed by Miss Campbell and Miss Johnson, Messrs. Ian Powell, H.C. Peart, and G.E. Mabin. Slides by Mr. Mabin illustrating a trip in the Westland region were much admired. Mr. P.N. Denton presided.



3rd MARCH 1933
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXV, ISSUE 52

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. P.N. Denton presided at a meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when Mr. E.T. Robson spoke on "Mounting the Print". He exhibited a number of his pictures showing the tints and style of mounting best suited to individual pictures, and explained how they should be mounted in a scheme of harmony, or of contrast. Questions were asked and answered, resulting in much varied information being given. Special interest attached to the lecture, owing to the fact that the next competition is for the most suitably mounted print, irrespective of subject. Members were reminded of the annual outing to Moonshine, and the announcement was made that trophies for the best pictures obtained would be given, as the result of a gift by a Wellington firm.



25th MARCH 1933
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXV, ISSUE 71

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club a competition was held for the most suitably mounted print, a trophy having been kindly donated by the President. Mr. E.T. Robson, who had recently lectured to members on "Mounting the Print", criticized and placed the pictures, with the following result: Most suitably mounted picture, Mr. J.W. Johnson (A section), who was awarded the trophy. The winners in B and C. sections were Messrs. L. Powell and J.E. Tunnington respectively, who also receive a small trophy from the President. The competing pictures and their style, of mounting were discussed to the benefit of a those present. The attention of members was drawn to the photography competition in connection with the Wellington Winter Show.



11th APRIL 1933
Page 16 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXV, ISSUE 85

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. P.N. Denton presided over the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last week, when Mr. Nelson Isaac lectured to members on "Composition and Design in Photography". Mr. Isaac stressed the essentials for pictorial success, from pattern and balance, and he gave point to his remarks by the exhibition of a number of lantern slides of the world's masterpieces of pictorial art. Mr. H.C. Peart operated the lantern, and an interesting and instructive evening was spent by those present.



26th APRIL 1933
Page 14 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXV, ISSUE 96

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a good attendance at the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when a competition was held for the best picture taken on annual outing to Moonshine on March 5. A small trophy in each section had been offered by a local firm, and the following were declared the winners: A section, Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor; B section, Mr. J.W. Stubbs; C section, Mr. J.E. Tunnington. Three paintings by Mrs. Chapman-Taylor were also admired.

Mr. H.C. Peart constructively criticized the entries, and also delivered a short lecture entitled "Art and the Camera", illustrating his remarks by pictures he had brought down for the purpose. While it was necessary to have a camera with a good lens and to understand it, also a knowledge of correct exposure and development, a study of perspective and composition was also required. It was necessary to cultivate the imagination and not to overcrowd pictures, and Mr. Peart pointed out that it was necessary to see pictures oneself, before portraying them. Many valuable pictorial hints were given, and at the conclusion he was awarded a hearty vote of thanks.



26th JUNE 1933
Page 16 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXV, ISSUE 148

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A landscape competition was held at the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, twenty-five pictures being hung. The voting resulted as follows:

A GRADE: LANDSCAPE:

FIRST: Mr. Dan L. Powell

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson

THIRD: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

B GRADE: LANDSCAPE:

FIRST: Mr. L. Powell

SECOND: Miss H. Davidson

C GRADE: LANDSCAPE:

FIRST: Mr. J.E. Tunnington

SECOND: Mr. J.E. Tunnington

Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor, gave an original talk on the "Art of Photography", with special reference to landscape work. He stated that, all great art was simple, and that photography was the newest art expression. For successful landscape photography it was necessary to look for special moods of Nature worth rendering, and to express breadth and dignity. He illustrated the remarks by reference to the competition entries, and much information was gained by the members present. Mr. P.N. Denton, who presided, moved a vote of thanks to the lecturer.

Mr. A.S. Mitchell complimented members on the standard of work exhibited. The 1933 New Zealand Inter-Club photographic competition was announced to take place in Christchurch, and trial prints for selection were invited. This year the Governor-General, Lord Bledisloe, has donated a silver cup for annual competition amongst amateur photographic clubs.



8th AUGUST 1933
POVERTY BAY HERALD, VOLUME LX, ISSUE 18161

CAMERA COMPETITION
BLEDISLOE CUP AWARD
CHRISTCHURCH, this day. By one point, the Camera Pictorialists Club, Auckland, 1095, won the Bledisloe Cup from the Auckland Camera Club, 1094, in the annual New Zealand Inter-Club photographic exhibition conducted here. The Invercargill Camera Club, 1016, was third. Others were: Dunedin Photographic Society, 924; Wellington Camera Club, 883; Christchurch Photographic Society, 872.



19th AUGUST 1933
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVI, ISSUE 43

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A figure study competition was held by the Wellington Camera Club this week, thirteen pictures being submitted with the following results:

A GRADE: FIGURE STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson

B GRADE: FIGURE STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. C.H. McGill

SECOND: Mr. L. Powell

C GRADE: FIGURE STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. C.G. Smith

Mr. J.W. Johnson, spoke on the subject and criticized the entries; also illustrating his remarks by a number of additional pictures, a distinction being drawn between portrait studies and figure studies. Copies of the judges report on the 1933 New Zealand Inter-Club photographic competition were received, and it was stated that the standard of work was much higher than on previous occasions. Six clubs competed, the Camera Pictorialists Club, Auckland, winning the Bledisloe Cup for 1933. Four pictures were awarded the maximum of 100 marks. In the Wellington set of pictures Mr. R.J. Searle gained 99 marks for his picture "Water Lilies", and he was congratulated. The pictures will be exhibited in Wellington later on in the year.



13th SEPTEMBER 1933
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVI, ISSUE 64

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, Mr. J.K. Mackay demonstrated the use of some of the latest photographic appliances, including a combined epidiascope, lantern, and enlarger. To test the efficiency of two special globes, flashlight photographs of members present were taken. One new member was elected, and as the club's new year is just commencing, with a reduced subscription, members were urged to bring friends along.



26th SEPTEMBER 1933
Page 14 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVI, ISSUE 75

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL MEETING
Mr. P.N. Denton (President) presided at the annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. The HON.SECRETARY's report stated that the syllabus had been well sustained, the monthly competitions being the most successful feature of the year. The winners of trophy and certificate in each class were:

A GRADE: WINNERS OF TROPHY AND CERTIFICATE: FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

B GRADE: WINNERS OF TROPHY AND CERTIFICATE: FIRST: Mr. L. Powell

C GRADE: WINNERS OF TROPHY AND CERTIFICATE: FIRST: Mr. J.E. Tunnington

The 1933 New Zealand Inter-Club photographic competition was held in Christchurch this year, Wellington Club submitting a set of twelve pictures, though not successful in winning the Bledisloe Ctip, which went to Auckland. The set of 73 pictures will be shown in Wellington in October. The membership showed a decline, but as the subscription had now been reduced, it was hoped to interest more this year.

The treasurer's statement of receipts find payments showed a satisfactory credit balance under existing circumstances.

The election of officers results as follows:

ELECTION OF OFFICERS 1933 - 1934								President Mr. P.N. DENTON
Vice President: Mr. A.H. Eaton	Vice President: Mr. J.M. Ellis	Vice President: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Vice President: Mr. C.H. McGill	Vice President: Mr. J.K. Mackay	Vice President: Mr. H. Moult	Vice President: Mr. E.T. Robson	Vice President: Mr. J.L. Stewart	HON.SECRETARY: Mr. R.A. Shaw	Hon. Treasurer: Miss A.L. Welsby
Committee: Miss H. Johnson	Committee: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	Committee: Mr. L. Powell	Committee: Mr. J.T. Salmon	Committee: Mr. R.J. Searle	Committee: Mr. J.E. Tunnington	Hon. Auditor: Mr. R.A. Davison	Hon. Competition Secretary: Mr. J.T. Salmon	Hon. Librarian: Mr. L. Powell	Social Convener: Miss G.M. Campbell

Votes of thanks were passed to the hon. auditor and treasurer and the retiring HON.SECRETARY.



6th OCTOBER 1933
Page 12 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVI, ISSUE 84

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, held at the new clubroom, 74 Manners Street, the annual New Zealand Inter-Club pictures, for which Lord Bledisloe gave a cup, were on view to members. The pictures were well discussed, and Mr. A.S. Mitchell addressed members on some of the leading pictures. He was accorded a hearty vote of thanks at the close of his remarks. These pictures will be on view in the D.I.C. next week. One new member was elected.



24th OCTOBER 1933
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVI, ISSUE 99

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the last fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club the subject was "Still Life". Mr. J.K. MacKay was the speaker. Mr. MacKay criticized the pictures, suggesting many improvements, such as panchromatic plates and color screens. Suitable tints for mounting and the proper control of the lighting was advocated. Mr. J.W. Johnson also gave some good suggestions.

Monthly winners for the club championship and the results of the competition on still life were as follows:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. R.J. Searle

A GRADE: STILL LIFE:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. R.J. Salmon

THIRD: Mr. R.J. Searle

B GRADE: STILL LIFE:

FIRST: Miss Davidson

C GRADE: STILL LIFE:

FIRST: Mr. Rait

22nd NOVEMBER 1933
Page 14 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVI, ISSUE 124

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Architecture" was the subject for competition at the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor was in charge.

The lecturer advocated a camera with rising front. Great consideration, study, and care was required to get architectural studies correctly. Panchromatic plates, a deep filter, long exposure, and short development were the essential factors. Architecture was the oldest of the arts, the lecturer said, and probably the least understood, few examples of the right quality being available in New Zealand. The lecturer said he was of opinion that England had the best architectural studies for photography and New Zealand the worst. Mr. Chapman-Taylor illustrated his lecture with his own pictures. He also criticized the competition pictures, giving many welcome suggestions.

Results of competition were as follows:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson

A GRADE: ARCHITECTURE:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson

THIRD: Mr. R.J. Searle

B GRADE: ARCHITECTURE:

FIRST: Mr. J.E. Tunnington

SECOND: Mr. J.E. Tunnington

12th DECEMBER 1933
Page 14 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVI, ISSUE 141

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club concluded its year with an enjoyable social in the clubroom, Manners Street. There was a large attendance of members and friends, who were welcomed by the club President, Mr. P.N. Denton. Community singing opened the evening, Mr. D.G. Dyer being the pianist. Banjo items were given by Messrs. A. and W. Thompson, songs by Mr. Hucksford and Miss A. Smith, violin solos by Mr. Holgate. Mr. P.N. Denton gave two cornet solos, Mr. C.H. MeGill performed some clever sleight-of-hand tricks, and Mrs. Kreuger gave a well executed Spanish dance. In the second half of the program a presentation of "Waxworks" was given under the direction of Mr. J.W. Johnson. Members of the club on being wound up, performed all sorts of movements, creating much amusement. Supper was served by the ladies. The syllabus for 1934 was given to members, and those members who have not yet received their copy are asked to communicate with the HON.SECRETARY. The next club meeting will be held on February 7, 1934.



13th FEBRUARY 1934
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVII, ISSUE 37

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A very interesting lecture on "The Finer Points of Technique", was given at the first meeting, for 1931 of the Wellington Camera Club, by Mr. J.T. Salmon, M.Sc. A first-class lens, one that had brilliance, was essential for good technique, said Mr. Salmon. Another important detail was correct exposure. Not enough importance was given by photographers to light filters and every photographer should have at least six, including sky, contrasting, and correcting filters. These gave correct color rendering. Other suggestions given by the lecturer included own developing solutions. A choice of a negative developer was not so important as the developer used for enlargements, and the lecturer advised the use of those recommended by the makers. Temperature should be watched, as below 65deg developers slowed down; 70deg was too high, and fog resulted. M.Q. developer gave best results for chlorobromides. Plain mounts and dry mounting tissue were the easiest to handle. The lecturer also spoke of fine grain developer, such as metal borax or glycin. Mr. Salmon illustrated his talk with several photographs showing different surfaces of papers, some entirely new to members. A hearty vote of thanks was passed to Mr. Salmon on the motion of Mr. A.S. Mitchell.



27th FEBRUARY 1934
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVII, ISSUE 49

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
An "optional subjects" competition was held recently before a good attendance of members of the Wellington Camera Club. Thirty-five pictures were shown, and the following were the results:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: OPTIONAL SUBJECTS:			B GRADE: OPTIONAL SUBJECTS:		C GRADE: OPTIONAL SUBJECTS:
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND EQUAL: Mr. J.W. Johnson Miss N. Johnson	FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson	THIRD EQUAL: Mr. J.W. Johnson Miss H. Johnson Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. J.E. Tunnington	SECOND: Mr. J.E. Tunnington	FIRST: Mr. T.W. Rait

The pictures were criticized and much useful advice was given to members by Mr. J.A. Heginbotham. After a hearty vote of thanks had been accorded to the lecturer on the motion of Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor, a discussion between members on the pictures followed. Four new members were elected to the club.



14th MARCH 1934
Page 14 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVII, ISSUE 62

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual outing of the Wellington Camera Club was held recently at Moonshine. The weather was all that could be desired. Many photographs were taken. The return journey started at 6pm, and everybody agreed that it had been a most enjoyable outing.

At a recent meeting of the club, Mr. J.W. Johnson demonstrated the art of dry mounting. This was done by means of dry mounting tissue, and several prints were mounted for demonstration purposes. Other pictures were also mounted, some having a base differently colored from the outside mount, in order to show up the picture to its best advantage.

At the lecture to be held on 4th April the annual outing pictures will also be shown, and a competition on these pictures will be held.



27th MARCH 1934
Page 17 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVII, ISSUE 73

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A landscape and river scene competition was held by the Wellington Camera Club recently before a good attendance of members. Eighteen pictures were shown, and the following were the results:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: LANDSCAPE AND RIVER SCENE:			B GRADE: LANDSCAPE AND RIVER SCENE:	C GRADE: LANDSCAPE AND RIVER SCENE:
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	THIRD: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. Miss Davidson	FIRST: Mr. T.W. Rait	SECOND: Mr. K. Killoh

The lecturer, Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor, said that no definite guides could be given as to landscape and river scene photography; it was mostly a matter of training, experience, and perception. The lecturer also referred to the color scale now in use amongst artists. He illustrated his remarks on this subject by several drawings. True tone rendering was most important in landscape photography, also arrangement of pattern satisfactorily was a good basis for good pictures. Mr. Chapman-Taylor criticized the competition prints, giving much useful advice to competitors. Mr. J.W. Johnson also spoke about the pictures. On the motion of Mr. R.A. Shaw a hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Chapman-Taylor and Mr. Johnson. The thanks of the club are extended to those members who helped to hang the photographs now on view at the Wellington Easter Show. Two new members were elected to the club.



11th APRIL 1934
Page 14 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVII, ISSUE 85

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Annual Outing Pictures" was the subject at a recent competition held by the Wellington Camera Club.

The following were the winners:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: ANNUAL OUTING PICTURES:			C GRADE: ANNUAL OUTING PICTURES:
FIRST: Mr. R.J. Searle	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson	FIRST: Mr. R.J. Searle	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson	THIRD: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. K. Killoh	SECOND: Mr. T.W. Rait

Before calling on Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor, Mr. J.K. MacKay (chairman) said he wished to congratulate the members, especially Mr. R.J. Searle, on winning so many awards at the Easter Show. Fifteen prizes out of twenty-four were won by members of the club. Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor, Mr. J.W. Johnson, and Mr. E.T. Robson were also among the prize-winners.

Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor gave a talk on "Expressionist Photography". The lecturer, speaking of Japanese pictures, said that originality was their strong characteristic. Pictures taken on the Continent were also referred to. Original work must be done in New Zealand through a new outlook and new eyes. The vogue several years ago was to use bromoil; now, with chloro-bromide, just as good pictures could be got.

The competition pictures were criticized by the lecturer, useful advice and suggestions being given.

Mr. J.W. Johnson also spoke on the pictures, giving valuable advice.

Mr. J. K. MacKay proposed a hearty vote of thanks to Mr. Chapman-Taylor for his interesting talk.



17th APRIL 1934
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVII, ISSUE 90

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A lantern lecture on "The Ruined Cities of Ceylon" was given to members of the Wellington Camera Club last-week by Mr. D. Neil Keith.

The slides, over fifty in number, were from photographs taken by himself some years ago, showing the remains of sacred shrines and colleges of cities, the inhabitants of which were at a very high state of civilization many hundreds of years B.C.

Out of the collection of slides it is hard to single out any which were of more interest than the rest, but mention must be made of the Sacred Bo-tree, the oldest tree in the world with a record. This tree is a branch of the sacred Bodhi Tree in India, under which the Buddha Gantama sat in meditation when he received his enlightenment. It was planted with great pomp and ceremony in the year 308 B.C., and has since that time been carefully watched and guarded by a priest in charge, a careful record of it being kept. The lecturer mentioned several other long-lived trees, such as the chestnut of Mount Etna and others, but those are only a matter of conjecture, but the age of the bo-tree is a matter of record.

Mr. Keith related several anecdotes and the lecture was all the more interesting as he is well conversant with the conditions of the natives of Ceylon, and able to speak the language.

At the conclusion of the lecture, the President, Mr. P.N. Denton, thanked Mr. Keith, and expressed his regret, that there were no more slides.

On the motion of Mr. A.S. Mitchell, seconded by Mr. J.W. Johnson, a hearty vote of thanks was passed to Mr. Keith.

Mr. Denton thanked Mr. A.J. Bland for working the lantern so ably.



1st MAY 1934
Page 12 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVII, ISSUE 101

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Animal Study" was the subject of a recent competition held by the Wellington Camera Club.

The following were the winners:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: ANIMAL STUDY:		B GRADE: ANIMAL STUDY:	C GRADE: ANIMAL STUDY:
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson	FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson	FIRST: Mr. C.G. Smith	FIRST: Mr. T.W. Rait	SECOND: Mr. T.W. Rait

Mr. J. Langridge, curator of Newtown Zoo, gave members an interesting talk about the various animals. The lecturer said that the zoo originated with King Dick, a lion obtained from a circus 27 years ago. In his opinion more sport was to be obtained shooting animals with a camera than with a gun. Mr. Langridge said that the best time to photograph the lions was in the morning, not at feeding time. The black bear should be given biscuits, fruit, and nuts in small pieces, because these took time to pick up, and consequently the bear was easier to photograph. Birds were photographed best in the afternoon. The elephant was also referred to as a good photographic study. On the motion of Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor, seconded by Mr. J.W. Johnson, a hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the lecturer.

Members criticized the pictures and a discussion on them followed. Two new member's were elected. At tomorrow's meeting of the club the preliminary selection of pictures in connection with the annual New Zealand Inter-Club competition for the Bledisloe Cup will be held. A big display of pictures is anticipated.



8th MAY 1934
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVII, ISSUE 107

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The preliminary selection of pictures for the 1934 competition for the Bledisloe Cup was held recently by the Wellington Camera Club. This was carried out by a popular vote of members who had to choose thirty pictures. Fifty-seven pictures were exhibited. They were a very assorted lot, and many were not up to exhibition standard. The following had their prints chosen: Messrs. J.W. Chapman-Taylor (4 pictures), C.P.S. Boyer (1), J.W; Johnson (4), L. Powell (4), E.T. Robson (4), J.T. Salmon (4), R.J. Searle (4), J. Spencer Digby (3), J.W. Stubbs (1). These pictures are submitted to two outside judges, who will select twelve for the forthcoming New Zealand Inter-Club competition to be held in Auckland in July.

Last year's competition winners were handed their certificates:

1933 - 1934 COMPETITION WINNERS WERE HANDED THEIR CERTIFICATES:

A GRADE: FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

B GRADE: FIRST: Mr. L. Powell

C GRADE: FIRST: Mr. J.E. Tunnington

One new member was elected to the club.



22nd MAY 1934
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVII, ISSUE 119

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A seascape and marine competition was held recently by the Wellington Camera Club. Twenty-six, pictures were exhibited, and the following were the results:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: SEASCAPE AND MARINE:			B GRADE: SEASCAPE AND MARINE:		C GRADE: SEASCAPE AND MARINE:
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	THIRD: Mr. R.J. Searle	FIRST: Mr. J.E. Tunnington	SECOND: Mr. J.E. Tunnington	FIRST: Mr. C.W. Jowett	SECOND: Mr. R.A. Krebs	THIRD: Mr. T.W. Rait

Mr. E.T. Robson gave a talk on "Seascape and Marine Studies". He referred to several articles in the "Amateur Photographer", and especially to articles by Mr. F.J. Mortimer. Mr. Robson referred to the fault of taking rough seas at much too fast shutter speed, giving a frozen effect, and said that l-75th to l-100th second was sufficient. The best time to get rough seas was the day following a big blow, with an incoming tide and an offshore wind. Early spring, and autumn were the best time to get marine studies. A light mist often helped the photographer, and also hid ugly, buildings.

Mr. Robson criticized the competition pictures, and gave-much useful advice. On the motion of Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor, seconded by Mr. C.H. McGill, a hearty vote of thanks was accorded the speaker.

The following twelve pictures were selected by the judges (Messrs. A.H. Eaton and A.S. Mitchell) for the forthcoming New Zealand Inter-Club competition to be held in Auckland in July: "The Akatarawa", J.T. Salmon; "Sunlit By-street" and "By the Lakeside", L. Powell; "Portrait of a Lady" and "Portrait of a Gentleman", Spencer Digby; "Cherry Tree" and "Shady Pastures", R.J. Searle; "Portrait of a Lady", J.W. Chapman-Taylor; "Bend in the River" and "Polar Bears", J.W. Johnson; "Coon-can Players" and "Full Breeze", E.T. Robson.



26th JUNE 1934
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVII, ISSUE 149

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Tree Portraits and Forest Trees" was the subject of a competition held recently by the Wellington Camera Club.

The following were the winners:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: TREE PORTRAITS AND FOREST TREES:			C GRADE: TREE PORTRAITS AND FOREST TREES:
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman Taylor	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson	FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman Taylor	SECOND: Mr. L. Powell	THIRD: Mr. J.W. Johnson	FIRST: Mr. I. Kelly	SECOND: Mr. T.W. Rait	THIRD: Mr. R.A. Krebs

Mr. Chapman Taylor said that the fundamentals in tree portraiture were the same as in the portrayal of human beings; a knowledge of the subject. The more material that was available the better picture would eventuate, but the artist must know his subject very well. Success in art meant a tremendous amount of work. Mr. Taylor referred to the difficulties of a portrait artist who is faced with an unknown client, and, not knowing anything of his characteristics, is expected to make an excellent picture. Environment was very important, he said. Nearly all the tree should be shown, with a fair bit of ground to give stability. Artistic perception was a gift, but could be developed and cultivated. The knowledge of what subjects to choose, and how was the most difficult thing. Proper lighting, seasons and correct filters were essential. Mr. Taylor also criticized the competition pictures, giving much useful advice. On the motion of Mr. C.H. McGill a hearty vote of thanks was accorded the lecturer.



12th JULY 1934
Page 15 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVIII, ISSUE 10

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Three lectures were given to members of the Wellington Camera Club recently. The first speaker, Mr. J.W. Chapman Taylor, spoke on "Filters and Their Effects". He showed a card of different colored wools, and the same wools were shown using a different make of plates. Many remarkable contrasts were shown. Mr. J.W. Johnson spoke on the carbon process, and produced some good pictures. Mr. J.T. Salmon, M.Sc. spoke on the fineness of grain in the negative and the use of fine-grain developer. Mr. Salmon said that miniature cameras, using miniature negatives which had to stand big enlarging, required fine grain. He referred to the size of grain when development temperature was varied. If the developer was too cold big grain would result. Negatives submitted to the microscope after being developed with fine-grain developer showed about 15 per cent, smaller grain. Mr. Salmon also referred to fixing and washing negatives as most important. This was generally skimped, and told its story in a few years time, when the negatives would show hypo-crystallization. A hearty vote of thanks was passed to the three lecturers on the motion of Mr. C.H. McGill. One new member was elected.



24th JULY 1934
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVIII, ISSUE 20

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Colored Photographs" was the subject of a competition recently held by the Wellington Camera Club.

Seventeen pictures were exhibited, and the following were the winners:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: COLORED PHOTOGRAPHS:			B GRADE: COLORED PHOTOGRAPHS:		C GRADE: COLORED PHOTOGRAPHS:
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson	FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson	THIRD: Mr. R.J. Searle	FIRST: Mr. C.G. Smith	SECOND: Miss Davidson	FIRST: Mr. K. Killoh	SECOND: Mr. K. Killoh

Mr. S. Hall, the lecturer, said that color photography to a large extent was a matter of personal choice. It was not satisfactory to color black and white prints. A warm tone such as a sepia tone was preferred for a start. The color should not be smeared on until the pigment was hidden, but if one could disguise, one's photograph to give a natural effect of color without visible means as to how it got there the photographer had obtained the most pleasing effect. Part of the art of coloring was knowing what not to color, and to choose a subject which lent itself to coloring.

Good gradation in portraiture work was essential when color work was being done. New Zealand bush, Mr. Hall said, was very sombre and when coloring this subject it needed touching up with brown. Mr. Hall gave many useful tips regarding big enlargements and aids to getting the color to hold. A hearty vote of thanks was proposed by Mr. J.K. MacKay to Mr. Hall for his interesting talk, and carried by acclamation.



7th AUGUST 1934
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVIII, ISSUE 32

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A very interesting talk was given recently to members of the Wellington Camera Club by Mr. Spencer Digby. Mr. Digby said,that Mr. Fred Scott Archer was the father of modern photography and was the original maker of collodion plates and lantern slides. The year 1871 brought forth the dry plate and introduced a boom period. In those days it was fashionable to have photos taken very small, about 3in by 2in. Then came the size called cabinet, 6in x 4in, which has remained until the present day. Eastman then came on to the market with the film. Professional photographers at that time did not like the film at all, chiefly because it did not take retouching as well as the plate. In 1918-20 Eastman introduced panchromatic film, but not much interest was taken in it in England. In the last two years a complete, revolution of methods had been accomplished by the leading commercial photographers in England and U.S.A. Most accurate work had been done, and the standard of technical work had been startling in its efficiency. Mr. Digby went on to say that now there is almost a complete absence of retouching in studio photographs. The tremendous advancement during the last three years was due mostly to the high-grade panchromatic material now used and to lighting improvements. He handed round many fine examples of his work to illustrate his points, and also showed work by Steichen, Horst, Nelson, and Shaw Wildman.



21st AUGUST 1934
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVIII, ISSUE 44

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Still Life or Figure Study" was the subject of a competition held recently by the Wellington Camera Club.

The following were the winners:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: STILL LIFE OR FIGURE STUDY:	B GRADE: STILL LIFE OR FIGURE STUDY:	C GRADE: STILL LIFE OR FIGURE STUDY:
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. W.C. Taylor	FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	FIRST: Mr. C.G. Smith	FIRST: Mr. T.W. Rait

Mr. A.H. Eaton showed some work of two noted men, Dr. Julian Smith FRPS, of Melbourne, and Mr. John B. Eaton FRPS. He described Dr. Smith as a man of dynamic personality who specialized in portraiture. The pictures shown were very powerful and were mostly of the 15in x 12in size. Mr. Eaton then showed some picture's by Mr. John B. Eaton FRPS, which were of the soft landscape variety. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Eaton.



12th SEPTEMBER 1934
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVIII, ISSUE 63

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Before a good attendance of members Mr. Nelson Isaacs gave a very interesting talk to members of the Wellington Camera Club recently. Mr. A.S. Mitchell, in introducing the speaker, referred to the work Mr. Isaacs was doing with reference to obtaining good copies of pictures of world-wide reputation to be hung in the Art Gallery, now in construction. Mr. Mitchell said that Mr. Isaacs was to be congratulated on the idea. Mr. Isaacs said he would call his talk a "Leap-frog Down the ages". He referred to Mr. G.K. Chesterton, who said that when his education was finished he started to educate himself at an art school. He then began to appreciate form, which enabled him to appreciate photographs. Mr. Isaacs, said that photography had a limited field in the art world at present, and, remarking that black-and-white work was the first means of expression to the cave man cave decoration, he proceeded to trace its progress through the ages. The lecturer suggested doing with a pencil what the camera does so as to get an appreciation of textures, and the play of light, and an appreciation of orchestration between white and black. Holbein pictures were referred to, Mr. Isaacs stating that this famous painter got more out of his drawings than ever a camera could produce, owing to his originality and selective power. The camera was a new form of expression and a craft to be enjoyed and practiced by an artist. Mr. Isaacs said that there seemed to be a lot of timidity in Wellington to depart from the accepted subjects, no new ground having been broken. Pictures must be well taken, printed, and mounted well, and knowledge of what makes a good black and white subject was necessary with an honest attempt with a good camera to present a true s picture. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Isaacs.



25th SEPTEMBER 1934
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVIII, ISSUE 74

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The first competition in the Wellington Camera Club new year was held recently, "Night Photography" being the subject.

Twenty-two pictures were hung, and the following was the result of the competition:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: NIGHT PHOTOGRAPHY:			B GRADE: NIGHT PHOTOGRAPHY:
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson	FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson	THIRD: Mr. E.T. Robson	FIRST: Mr. C.G. Smith	SECOND: Mr. T.W. Rait

Mr. J.K. Mackay spoke on the pictures and said that it was important to remember to give as near a representation in the picture as the eye sees it. Referring to material, Mr. Mackay said that panchromatic material was absolutely essential. Reflections on a wet night also were a great help. Several big pictures taken at night with panchromatic materials showing various parts of the city were exhibited. These were much admired. Several members spoke on the pictures. Members present stood for a few moments as a mark of respect to the memory of Mr. W.J. Seabrook-Mason, who died recently. Two new members were elected to the club.



2nd OCTOBER 1934
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVIII, ISSUE 80

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
ANNUAL MEETING
Mr. P.N. Denton (President) presided at the annual meeting of the Wellington Camera Club.

Much regret was expressed by members at the departure in a few months time of his Excellency the Governor-General, Lord Bledisloe, who is patron of the club. The Bledisloe Cup will always be a reminder of hie Excellency's interest in the amateur photographic societies.

The secretary's report stated that the syllabus had been well sustained, and that the monthly competitions were the most successful feature of the year. The winners and runners-up of trophies and certificates in each grade were:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: WINNERS OF TROPHIES AND CERTIFICATES:			B GRADE: WINNERS OF TROPHIES AND CERTIFICATES:		C GRADE: WINNERS OF TROPHIES AND CERTIFICATES:
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. J.E. Tunnington	SECOND: Mr. C.G. Smith	FIRST: Mr. T.W. Rait	SECOND: Mr. K. Killoh

The treasurer's statement of receipts and payments showed a much more satisfactory balance than at the end of the preceding year. The membership also showed a considerable increase in numbers.

The election of officers resulted as follows:

ELECTION OF OFFICERS 1934 - 1935							PATRON HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL LORD BLEDISLOE		President Mr. A.S. MITCHELL
Vice President: Miss A.L. Welsby	Vice President: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	Vice President: Mr. A.H. Eaton	Vice President: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Vice President: Mr. J.K. MacKay	Vice President: Mr. C.H. McGill	Vice President: Mr. H. Moult	Vice President: Mr. E.T. Robson	Vice President: Mr. J.L. Stewart	HON.SECRETARY: Mr. R.A. Shaw	Hon. Treasurer: Miss A.L. Welsby
Committee: Miss H. Johnson	Committee: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	Committee: Mr. K. Killoh	Committee: Mr. L. Powell	Committee: Mr. J.T. Salmon	Committee: Mr. R.J. Searle	Committee: Mr. J.E. Tunnington	Hon. Auditor: Mr. D.E. Barnes	Hon. Librarian: Mr. L. Powell	Hon. Competition Secretary: Mr. J.T. Salmon	Social Convener: Miss G.M. Campbell

Votes of thanks were passed to the retiring President, honorary auditor, and the Press.

CHARLES BATHURST
1st Viscount Bledisloe
GCMG, KBE, PC

Born 21st September 1867 London, United Kingdom
Died 3rd July 1958 (aged 90) Lydney, Gloucestershire, United Kingdom

4th GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
19th March 1930 to 15th March 1935

9th OCTOBER 1934
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXVIII, ISSUE 86

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A very interesting demonstration on "Bromoil" was given to members of the Wellington Camera Club recently by Mr. J.W. Johnson. Bromoil, Mr. Johnson said, was part bromide and part oil, hence the name. It was necessary to get a good print for this process, not over or under exposed. The print would then be bleached in a solution, and then later on the pigmenting was done by gently hitting the print with brushes, generally of polecat hair or fitch. This process was a very delicate one, Mr. Johnson said, and before pigmenting the print had to be surface-dried, chamois leather being generally used. Print had to be wet underneath so as to take the pigment. A dry print would not take pigment, which was put on with a soft brush and taken off with a hard one. This was done with a hopping action. Contrasts might be made more variable by this method. A background might be also filled in. Print took about three days to dry. Mr. Johnson illustrated his remarks by doing three pictures to show members how the process was done. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Johnson on the motion of Mr. S. Hall. One new member was elected.



24th OCTOBER 1934
Page 4 - EVENING POST, ISSUE 99

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A competition entitled "Figures in Industry" was held recently by members of the Wellington Camera Club. The following were the prize-winners:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: FIGURES IN INDUSTRY:			B GRADE: FIGURES IN INDUSTRY:
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. J.K. MacKay	FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. J.K. MacKay	THIRD: Mr. J.W. Johnson	FIRST: Mr. T.W. Rait

Mr. A.S. Mitchell, who spoke on the subject at the last club meeting, said that it was an unending one; the field was practically unlimited. He congratulated members on their pictures and spent a great deal of time offering helpful criticism. Mr. C.H. McGill moved a very hearty vote of thanks to the lecturer. One new member was elected to the club.



14th NOVEMBER 1934
Page 4 - VOLUME CXVIII, ISSUE 117

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY
An interesting talk "Color Photography" was given recently by Mr. J. Ralph before a good attendance of members of the Wellington Camera Club. Mr. Ralph said that his experience of color work dated back over a period of twenty years and had contained many pleasant hours and many sad ones. In a review of the last twenty years one found that in the intensive research which had speeded up all branches of science color photography remained very much as it was then. There was no doubt that it was the day-dream of many photographers to see and do photographic reproduction in natural color on paper. Practically all attempts at photographic color processes had been based on the theory of the English scientist Clerk Maxwell, who stated in 1861 that every color in Nature could be matched by the admixture of three primary colors — red, green, and blue violet. In 1907 Lumiere (France) successfully launched a process and made it generally available. In 1913 the Paget Co. in England came on to the market, but their process did not last long. A similar idea to that of Paget was now in extensive used in USA. This was called the "Finlay" process, and seemed to be capable of excellent results. Mr. Ralph said that from a photographic standpoint the plates offered no special difficulty to anybody familiar with panchromatic emulsions. A vote of thanks was accorded tp Mr. Ralph for his interesting talk.



17th APRIL 1935
Page 11 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIX, ISSUE 91

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Outing pictures" was the subject of a competition held recently by the Wellington Camera Club. The following were the results:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: OUTING PICTURES:			B GRADE: OUTING PICTURES:	C GRADE: OUTING PICTURES:
FIRST: Mr. R.J. Searle	SECOND: Mr. A.J. Tymons	FIRST: Mr. R.J. Searle	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson	THIRD: Mr. R.J. Searle	FIRST: Mr. T.W. Rait	FIRST: Mr. A.J. Tymons

Another feature of the evening was the showing of a reel of cine film by Miss McKenna. This reel showed views of Auckland and of the club's outing. Some of the shots provoked much laughter and applause. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded Miss McKenna. Miss Campbell was made the recipient of a present on the occasion of her marriage. At the Easter Show 24 prizes out of a possible 29 were won by Wellington Camera Club members. The thanks of the club are extended to those who helped hang the pictures.



2nd MAY 1935
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIX, ISSUE 102

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Natural History" was the subject of a recent competition held by members of the Wellington Camera Club.

Seventeen Pictures were exhibited, and the following were the winners:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:	A GRADE: NATURAL HISTORY:			B GRADE: NATURAL HISTORY:	C GRADE: NATURAL HISTORY:
FIRST: Mr. J.T. Salmon	FIRST: Mr. J.T. Salmon	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson	THIRD: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. K.G. Killoh	FIRST: Mr. C. Lindsay

Mr. J.T. Salmon thanked members for bringing their pictures. He said that he had had a hard fight to get the subject on the syllabus, but the results showed that it was popular. The subject allowed one to break away from the hard and fast rules of pictorial photography. Mr. Salmon favored use of a reflex camera, enabling him to follow his subject round when necessary. Panchromatic plates and small apertures were also necessary to get the good depth of focus required. Mr. Salmon criticized the pictures and gave many useful suggestions. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Salmon. Three new members were elected.



16th MAY 1935
Page 22 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIX, ISSUE 114

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A very interesting talk and demonstration on "Lighting" was recently given to members of the Wellington Camera Club by Mr. Spencer Digby. Mr. Digby said that for general home portrait work the less light one used the better, as modeling and texture were destroyed by too much. For group work and children more light was necessary. The position was best determined by the type of sitter. When three-quarter front lighting was used the lights should be six or seven feet high. This avoided shadows under the eyes and nose. Another type of light shown was the cross light. Mr. Digby said that it was not always desirable to combine artificial light and daylight, the actinic power being different.

Panchromatic materials were advisable. Speaking of lenses, Mr. Digby said that large aperture lenses for portraiture had definite disadvantages. A more lifelike rendering was obtained by using a small aperture.

Mr. Digby then showed several different lightings, in which it was noticed that a bright light on the face flattened all the interesting details. For home portraiture a 200-watt globe six to eight feet high was recommended, with a secondary light to be used as a spotlight. Mr. Digby expressed the hope that a greater number of portraits would be seen in future exhibitions. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to him.

Lantern slides, "Here and There in England", were also shown, and were much appreciated by members.

A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. P.N. Denton for the loan of the lantern and for operating it.



30th MAY 1935
Page 11 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIX, ISSUE 126

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Literary Idea" was the subject of a recent competition held by the Wellington Camera Club.

The following were the winners:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Stubbs

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson

A GRADE: LITERARY IDEA:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Stubbs

SECOND: Mr. J.W.C. Taylor

THIRD: Mr. J.W. Johnson

Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor gave an interesting talk and criticized the pictures.

For the forthcoming annual New Zealand Inter-Club competition for the Bledisloe Cup, over sixty pictures were submitted to members. Thirty were selected, and three outside judges, Messrs. A.H. Eaton, Nelson Isaacs, and Ernest Hunt, selected the following twelve to be the Wellington Camera Club contribution: Mr. Spencer Digby, two portraits; Mr. J.W. Johnson, "Lilies" and "Sun Worship"; Mr. E.T. Robson, "Trees Old and Young", "Ancient and Modern"; R.J. Searle, "The Remarkables", "Arrowtown"; J.T. Salmon, "The 3.57", "Cloissone"; Lyall Powell, "Summer Morning"; J.W. Chapman-Taylor, "Kapiti Island". The competition will be judged in Dunedin this year, and the pictures will be on view in Wellington during September.



17th JUNE 1935
Page 16 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIX, ISSUE 141

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"A Visit to India" was the title of a lecture recently given by Mr. P.N. Denton to members of the Wellington Camera Club. Interesting views of Simla, Benares, Bombay, Calcutta, and Delhi were shown, the wooded slopes of Simla making a special appeal to the audience. Descriptive views, native customs and a running commentary by Mr. Denton made a very pleasant evening. Some very clear photographs of the work of Indian craftsmen were shown, also some excellent slides of jewelery belonging to Maharajahs. Mr. Denton was given a hearty vote of thanks. The Camera Club pictures, as selected by the judges for the New Zealand Inter-Club competition for the Bledisloe Cup, were also on view.



27th JUNE 1935
Page 24 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXIX, ISSUE 150

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Character Study" was the subject of a recent competition held by members of the Wellington Camera Club.

The following were the results:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnston

A GRADE: CHARACTER STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnston

B GRADE: CHARACTER STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. K.G. Killoh

Mr. Johnston, assisted by Mr. C.H. McGill, gave some good character studies. Several photos were taken during the evening and an enjoyable time was spent. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded Messrs. Johnson and McGill for their efforts. The Palmerston North Show results were announced. In the open class 14 out of the 21 prizes awarded were won by members of the club.

The club also won the New Zealand Inter-Club competition.



17th JULY 1935
Page 2 - MANAWATU STANDARD, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 195

A. AND P. ASSOCIATION
WINTER SHOW SUCCESS
Appreciation was expressed in a letter from the Wellington Camera Club at the splendid manner in which exhibits bad been handled and packed. The club added that this would not be forgotten at future shows. The club heartily endorsed the praise given in the Press to the Association’s Show.



17th JULY 1935
Page 2 - MANAWATU STANDARD, VOLUME LV, ISSUE 195
30th JULY 1935
Page 16 - EVENING POST, ISSUE 26

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A very interesting evening was spent by members of the Wellington Camera Club recently viewing a selection of twenty-five pictures sent by the Photographic Society of New South Wales. These were constructively criticized by members, and the criticism is being sent to Australia.

A New Zealand portfolio is in Australia at present, and criticisms will be received from the Photographic Society of New South Wales.

The monthly competition, "Abstract Idea", will be held on Wednesday, and will be taken by Mr. J.T. Salmon, M.Sc.



21st AUGUST 1935
Page 17 - EVENING POST, ISSUE 45

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At a recent meeting of the Wellington Camera Club an "abstract idea" competition was held and the following were the results:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: ABSTRACT IDEA:		B GRADE: ABSTRACT IDEA:	C GRADE: ABSTRACT IDEA:
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	SECOND: Mr. R.J. Searle	FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	SECOND: Mr. R.J. Searle	FIRST: Mr. T.W. Rait	FIRST: Mr. A.J. Tymons

Mr. J.T. Salmon M.Sc, gave a very good talk and criticized the pictures, in which he asked for originality, pleasing arrangement, and perfect technique.

Another interesting evening was spent listening to Mr. E.C. Simpson talk on "Art and the Camera". He gave a very interesting talk illustrated by slides. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded to Mr. Simpson.

Members stood as a mark of respect to the memory of the late Mr. W.M. Dawson.



3rd SEPTEMBER 1935
Page 4 - EVENING POST, ISSUE 56

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Night Photography" was the subject of a recent competition held by members of the Wellington Camera Club.

The winners were:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: NIGHT PHOTOGRAPHY:			B GRADE: NIGHT PHOTOGRAPHY:	C GRADE: NIGHT PHOTOGRAPHY:
FIRST: Mr. R.J. Searle	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. R.J. Searle	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	THIRD: Mr. R.J. Searle	FIRST: Mr. T.W. Rait	FIRST: Mr. C.G. Abbott

Mr. J.K. Mackay criticized the pictures and said that the fast films and large aperture lenses now available had increased the scope that was not possible twenty years ago. Mr. Mackay said that the exposure in those days was quite often l 1/2 hours, now it was 1 1/2 minutes. Single lenses were preferred, as they caused less halation. A hearty vote of thanks was accorded Mr. Mackay.



1st OCTOBER 1935
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXX, ISSUE 80

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
An interesting lecture was given to members of the Wellington Camera Club recently by Mr. J. Heginbotham on composition. His talk was much enjoyed.

The club certificates for the year 1934-35 were awarded as follows:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: CLUB CERTIFICATES 1934-35:		B GRADE: CLUB CERTIFICATES 1934-35:		C GRADE: CLUB CERTIFICATES 1934-35:
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	SECOND: Mr. R.J. Searle	FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson	FIRST: Mr. T.W. Rait	SECOND: Mr. K.G.Killoh	FIRST: Mr. A.J. Tymons	SECOND: Mr. R.A. Krebs

The first competition of the club's financial year 1935-36 was "Figures in Action or Industry". Mr. E.T. Robson gave a good address and criticized the pictures.

The results were:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: FIGURES IN ACTION OR INDUSTRY:			C GRADE: FIGURES IN ACTION OR INDUSTRY:
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. E.T. Robson	FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson	SECOND: Mr. E.T. Robson	THIRD: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. W. Abbott

Mr. Robson also demonstrated points in his address by several of his own pictures.

Five new members were elected. The annual general meeting will be held on Wednesday 2nd October.



15th OCTOBER 1935
Page 17 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXX, ISSUE 92

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual general meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held recently, Mr. A.S. Mitchell presiding. Thirty members were present. The secretary in his report stated that the club had completed a successful year. The membership had increased and now stood at 67. The financial position was also improving. The secretary and the treasurer were both congratulated upon the very satisfactory position of the club. Club members had exhibited at both the Wellington Easter Show and the Manawatu Agricultural and Pastural Show with a large measure of success. In the annual New Zealand Inter-Club competition for the Bledisloe Cup, however, the club had been placed fifth. In this competition the club had the honor of exhibiting the champion picture, a portrait study by Spencer Digby which gained 92 points, and which was very favorably commented upon by the judges. The hope was expressed that next year the club would do even better in this competition. Great interest had been taken by members in the monthly competitions and these were very popular throughout the year. The election of officers resulted as follows:

ELECTION OF OFFICERS 1935 - 1936						PATRON HIS EXCELLENCY THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL VISCOUNT GALWAY		President Mr. A.S. MITCHELL
Vice President: Miss A.L. Welsby	Vice President: Mr. A.H. Eaton	Vice President: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Vice President: Mr. J.K. MacKay	Vice President: Mr. C.H. McGill	Vice President: Mr. H. Moult	Vice President: Mr. E.T. Robson	Vice President: Mr. J.L. Stewart	HON.SECRETARY: Mr. T.W. Rait	Hon. Treasurer: Mr. T.W. Rait
Committee: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	Committee: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Committee: Mr. J. MacKay	Committee: Mr. L. Powell	Committee: Mr. E.T. Robson	Committee: Mr. J.T. Salmon	Committee: Mr. R.A. Shaw	Hon. Librarian: Mr. L. Powell	Hon. Competition Secretary: Mr. K.G. Killoh	Social Convener: Mr. H. Hamilton

Votes of thanks were passed to the retiring officers and to the Press.

GEORGE VERE ARUNDEL MONCKTON-ARUNDELL
8th Viscount Galway, GCMG, DSO, OBE

Born 24th March 1882
Died 27th March 1943 (aged 61) Blyth, Nottinghamshire, United Kingdom

5th GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF NEW ZEALAND
12th April 1935 to 3rd February 1941

25th OCTOBER 1935
Page 16 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXX, ISSUE 101

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At a recent meeting of the Wellington Camera Club an interesting competition was held, for prints other than bromides. Mr. J.K. Mackay gave a brief outline of the various control processes with bromoil and oil, and also with carbon and varbro. Constructive criticism of the pictures was then given, with particular attention to those exhibited in the B grade. Mr. Mackay said that the prints reached a high standard, and he was struck by the excellent presentation of the pictures. Several other members of the club also criticized the prints, and pointed out both the benefits and the pitfalls of the control processes. The result of the voting on the pictures was:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. E.T. Robson

A GRADE:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. E.T. Robson

C GRADE:

FIRST: Mr. A.J. Tymons

SECOND: Mr. A.J. Tymons

THIRD: Mr. W. Abbot

At the conclusion of the meeting the chairman announced that Mr. J.T. Salmon had been successful in having four pictures accepted by the Royal Photographic Society for exhibition at the Royal Salon.



30th OCTOBER 1935
Page 8 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 257

LOAN COLLECTION
DOMINION PHOTOGRAPHS
EXHIBITION IN AUCKLAND
The prints submitted for competition by the various New Zealand camera clubs in 1935 are now being shown at the Auckland Art Gallery, the exhibition having been arranged under the direction of the library committee of the Auckland City Council. The exhibition has been made possible by the Auckland Camera Club and Camera Pictorialists, of Auckland, and on each print has been attached the adjudicator's award and remarks.

In the competition first and second prizes came to Auckland, while the champion photograph of the year was awarded to Mr. Spencer Digby, of Wellington, for a portrait study. By virtue of first and second awards the Auckland Camera Club will hold the Bledisloe Cup. The exhibition, which has been tastefully arranged, will continue till November 16.



4th DECEMBER 1935
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXX, ISSUE 135

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
"Pattern" was the subject of a recent competition held by members of the Wellington Camera Club. In his short talk on the subject, Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor said that pattern had as its essential rhythmic arrangement, line and form. This arrangement, however, should not be dominant. It should supply only the structure upon which the picture should be built. The whole question was one of order which the trained eye could see and design. Probably the uninitiated could see nothing. The result was an arbitrary decision by the artist, who added something of his own, that was to say, emphasis was added, and this led to the creation of a work of art. Mr. Chapman-Taylor illustrated his remarks by reference to his own pictures, pointing out that all unnecessary detail should be eliminated. The lecturer and several other members constructively criticized the pictures exhibited. At the conclusion of his lecture Mr. Chapman-Taylor was accorded a hearty vote of thanks.

The result of the voting on the pictures was:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST EQUAL: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor Mr. J.W. Johnson

A GRADE: PATTERN:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson

C GRADE: PATTERN:

FIRST: Mr. C.C. Smith

14th FEBRUARY 1936
Page 5 - EVENING POST, ISSUE 38

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club first meeting of the year was held recently. The first portion of the evening was devoted to general photographic topics, special mention being made of a new color process.

Members were informed that the annual outing would be held at Akatarawa on 1st March, and that the beginners classes would commence on February 19th. Ten new members were elected to the club.

The lecturer for the evening (Mr. E.T. Robson), spoke on "Pictorial Control", first touching on the basic rules of composition, and from there passing to methods of control. Mr. Robson had many prints to illustrate his lecture. At the conclusion of his lecture he was accorded a hearty vote of thanks.



3rd MARCH 1936
Page 6 - EVENING POST, ISSUE 53

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At a recent meeting members of the Wellington Camera Club held an open competition. Fifty-three prints, covering a wide range of subjects, were exhibited.

The results of the voting were:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST EQUAL: Mr. J.W. Johnson R.J. Searle

A GRADE: OPEN

FIRST: Mr. R.J. Searle

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

THIRD: Mr. J.W. Johnson

C GRADE: OPEN

FIRST: Mr. J.W. MacDonald

SECOND: Mr. J.W. MacDonald

THIRD EQUAL: Mr. A.J. Wales P.R. Robertson

Mr. A.S. Mitchell spoke on the pictures, offering many helpful criticisms, and at the conclusion of his talk was accorded a hearty vote of thanks.

It was decided to exhibit prints at the British Empire Exhibition at Johannesburg.

Seven new members were elected.

The first of a series of talks and demonstrations for beginners was held before the main meeting. Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor spoke on how to use the camera.



1st APRIL 1936
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXI, ISSUE 78

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
An interesting lecture was given to members of the Wellington Camera Club recently, when Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor spoke on "Lenses". A short description of some of the better-known lenses was followed by the showing of the effects obtained by the use of various types of lenses, short focus, wide angle, and telephoto. The lecturer answered several questions, and at the conclusion of his talk was accorded a hearty vote of thanks.

"SEASCAPE" was the subject of a recent competition, the results of which were:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. R.J. Searle

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson

A GRADE: SEASCAPE

FIRST: Mr. R.J. Searle

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Johnson

THIRD: Mr. J.W. Johnson

B GRADE: SEASCAPE

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. W. Abbott

THIRD: Mr. H.A. McDonald

Mr. E.T. Robson gave a short-talk on seascape photography, and described some of the difficulties encountered. He then criticized, the pictures exhibited, and also spoke on the prints. Mr. Robson was accorded a hearty vote of thanks.

The series of talks for beginners has commenced, and two short lectures have been given: "How to Use the Camera" and "Developing the Negative". The next talk of this series will be on contact printing.



1st APRIL 1936
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXI, ISSUE 78

PHOTOGRAPHS JUDGED
The photographs exhibited at the Wellington Easter Show were judged by Mr. A.H. Eaton yesterday. Mr. Eaton said the entries were rather smaller than usual, but the quality of work was well up to standard. There was a notable advance in the quality of the work in the amateur section.

Results are as follows:

1936 Wellington Easter Show:        PHOTOGRAPHIC SECTION:
OPEN CLASS: LANDSCAPE:			OPEN CLASS: PORTRAIT AND FIGURE STUDY:			OPEN CLASS: MARINE STUDY:			OPEN CLASS: ARCHITECTURE:
FIRST: E.T. Robson	SECOND: R.J. Searle	THIRD: E.T. Robson	FIRST: Miss E. Deste	SECOND: J.W. Johnson	THIRD: Spencer Digby	FIRST: Mr.E.T. Robson	SECOND: R.J. Searle	THIRD: J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: J.W. Johnson	SECOND: E.T. Robson	THIRD: J.W. Chapman-Taylor
AMATEUR CLASS: LANDSCAPE:			AMATEUR CLASS: PORTRAIT, OR FIGURE STUDY:			AMATEUR CLASS: MARINE STUDY:			AMATEUR CLASS: ANIMAL STUDY:
FIRST: R.J. Searle	SECOND: Miss J.M.S. Beale	THIRD: R.J. Searle	FIRST: Miss J.M.S. Beale	SECOND: Miss J.M.S. Beale	THIRD: R.J. Searle	FIRST: Mrs. H.S. James	SECOND: R.J. Searle	THIRD: Miss J.M.S. Beale	FIRST: R.J. Searle	SECOND: Miss J.M.S. Beale	THIRD: Miss J.M.S. Beale
AMATEUR CLASS: STILL LIFE:			AMATEUR CLASS: ANY SUBJECT only open to members of the WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
FIRST: R.J. Searle	SECOND: R.J. Searle	THIRD: Miss J.M.S. Beale	FIRST: J.W. Johnson			SECOND: R.J. Searle			THIRD: R.J. Searle

1st May 1936
Volume 43 Number 5 - Page 240
The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The group on this page below was taken at the annual outing of the Wellington Camera Club held recently at Akatarawa. Approximately forty members attended, and a most enjoyable day was spent, despite rain showers during the morning. In the afternoon the weather cleared, and members were very busy with their cameras on the river banks and in the beautiful bush near at hand.

Later in the year a competition is to be held for pictures taken at this outing, and it is expected that some very fine prints will be produced.

Group taken at outing to AKATARAWA in 1936
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
New Zealand

30th JUNE 1936
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXI, ISSUE 153

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A portrait competition was held at the recent meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. Before criticizing the portraits exhibited, the speaker for the evening, Mr. Digby, displayed and explained portraits which he had taken during the demonstration at his studio some time ago. The results bore out the remarks he had made at the time, and members were able to see the advantages of not using too much light on the subject. Mr. Digby then gave a detailed criticism of the prints and had many helpful suggestions to offer. The general poise of the subject, and the placing of the hands were most important points often overlooked in amateur portraiture. In his opinion a portrait in a low key tended to show the character of the subject to the best advantage. Care had to be taken that the perspective was true and this could only be done by keeping well back from the subject. This meant that a lens, of long focal length was necessary. The use of panchromatic negative material was strongly advocated by the lecturer, who said that by this means much of the retouching usually necessary was avoided. The necessity of perfect technique was stressed, and in the opinion of the lecturer many of the prints exhibited were marred by faulty technique. Mr. Digby answered several questions.

The result of the voting on the pictures was as follows:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND EQUAL: Mr. E.T. Robson Mr. R. Tonkins

A GRADE: PORTRAIT:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. T.W. Rait

THIRD: Mr. E.T. Robson

B GRADE: PORTRAIT:

FIRST: Mr. R. Tonkins

SECOND: Mr. H.A. McDonald

THIRD: Mr. K. Killoh

Opportunity was taken at this meeting of advising of overseas successes of members. Mr. R.J. Searle had had two pictures accepted by the exhibition held by "American Photography"; Mr. J.W. Johnson had had two pictures accepted by the Victorian Salon; Mr. K. Killoh had had two pictures accepted by the "Country Life" exhibition held in London. The last two pictures are now in the permanent collection of the natural history section of the British Museum.



1st December 1936
Page 602 - Vol. 43 No. 12 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The subject of the monthly competition of the Wellington Camera Club on October 21st, was "Night Photography Out-doors”, and about sixteen prints were entered. The member in charge of the evening, Mr. J.T. Salmon, before criticizing the pictures, gave a short talk and some general hints, emphasizing that for this difficult subject technique was more important than composition. For a good result, he said, the subject should not be too contrasty, and there should be good gradation and shadow detail, without halation. Fast panchromatic films were advisable, and should be slightly over-exposed, and then developed for about two-thirds of the usual time. If still too contrasty, the negative could be reduced with ammonium persulphate (a solution of ammonium sulphate plus one crystal of ammonium ferric citrate), which attacks the highlights, and then placed in an acetic acid stop bath. For printing, chloro-bromide was more successful than bromide, as it gave a richness and depth in the shadows. A night photograph, he thought, should have atmosphere and mystery, and in this connection fog and reflections helped. Choice of view point was important, a bright band of light at the bottom of a picture and too many distracting points of light should be avoided.

When the result of the "popular” vote was announced, the champion picture was Mr. McDonald’s "Unemployed” (the only figure study on the wall), the runner-up being a view of the War Memorial by Mr. Smith.

On November 4th, Mr. Salmon was again the lecturer, his subject being "Development”. When demonstrating the correct way of filling a plate tank, he said that air bubbles could usually be avoided by leaving the lid slightly off and by pouring in the developer steadily, and not allowing it to "gurgle”. The lecturer emphasized that if plates or films were first put in water the washing should be thorough, and should take about three minutes, or the developer would follow the tracks the water had made, and wavy "tide-marks” would result. Another cause of tide-marks on plates was the use, when filling the tank, of a beaker which held only a few ounces of developer at a time. While the container was being refilled the lower ends of the plate were developing, and successive lines were left up the plates. The remedy was to use a larger container, which would hold all the developer, and pour this through a funnel. In dish development, Mr. Salmon said his method was to tilt the dish evenly, so that the solution was at one end, then to put in the plate and allow the developer to flow quickly over it. For this method, however, the solution must be absolutely fresh, or air-bubbles would occur, the latter could usually be cured by gently wiping the plate for about half a minute with cotton wool well soaked with developer. To avoid scratches, never use cheap cotton wool.

Several slides were put on the screen, showing how to obtain the best results from varied exposures by altering the processes. A contrasty negative should be developed in a dilute solution for a shorter time; an under exposed one in a neat developer; and an over-exposed one in a dilute developer until a flat image showed all over, when it was transferred to a neat solution.

Further slides were exhibited, demonstrating how to obtain warm tones, up to red and scarlet, on slides or chloro-bromide papers. There were four steps: the reddest tones involving all:
(1) more exposure,
(2) more potassium bromide,
(3) more carbonate,
(4) dilution.

It was difficult to judge by inspection what the tones would be, since, as they became warmer, 50% to 75% of the density was lost in the fixing bath. The exposure and bromide must be increased considerably as the tones became warmer. Chloro-bromide, even when red tones are wanted, should be developed to the finish and until it begins to veil, but a stop bath of 1 lb. hypo, 2 ozs. potassium metabisulphate, and 1/2 fluid oz. glacial acetic acid to 60 ozs. water should be used, the acetic acid removing the veil.



8th December 1936
Page 13 - POVERTY BAY HERALD, VOLUME LXIII, ISSUE 19192

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A display of 60 photographs, all entries in the New Zealand photographic competition for the Bledisloe Cup, was opened to-day in Le Grand Cafe. The champion print was entered by a member of the Wellington Camera Club. Six clubs entered in the contest, but no Gisborne enthusiasts took part in the competition. For the next week residents of this district interested in photography will be able to view the prints and glean a quantity of data from the comments of the judges and marks, which are appended to the photographs.



9th December 1936
Page 16 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXII, ISSUE 139

ORIGINAL PICTURES
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Shadows of aeroplanes and bridges, "innards" of watches, baby birds with enormous open-mouths, ships funnels from below, and other strange sights formed the collection on the wall when "Most Original Picture" was the subject of the Wellington Camera Club monthly competition. When criticizing the pictures, Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor expressed his disappointment that the competition had not brought forward anything more startling, and he gave some hints as to the best way to set about obtaining unusual pictures. The originality, he said, must be in the eye and the mind of the camera user, and not so much in the subject or in Nature. The creative ability of the photographer and his knowledge of composition and tone values would be greatly helped and enlarged if he endeavored always to make his pictures individual, though, of course, he did not advocate "stunt" photography.

The popular voting placed Mr. Chapman-Taylor's own picture, "The Way of All Flesh" (a study of a gnarled tree stump) as champion, the runners-up being the entries of Messrs. H.A. McDonald and R.J. Smith. In the "B" grade, Mr. C.G. Smith carried off the prize with his photograph of the greatly magnified works of a watch — the wheels in the result looking more suitable for Big Ben.

A keenly interested audience attended the meeting on 2nd December to hear Mr. E.C. Simpson lecture on "The History of Pictorial Art". Mr. Simpson, who illustrated his talk with slides of rare beauty, referred to the drawings of primitive man, and then demonstrated the effect of the early Chinese, Arabian, and Greek paintings and tapestries on present-day art.

In the making of Persian books, the supreme artist was considered to be the man who wrote the flowing Arabic characters, the illustrators, and border designers taking a very secondary place. This was due to the prohibition in the Mohammedan religion against the drawing of figures or animals, and had a very important effect upon the architecture of that time. Walls of temples and buildings were decorated by extracts from the Koran, so beautifully done that the letters and words formed a delicate and intricate design. When, in the early Byzantine period; figures gradually began to appear in drawings and on panels, it was noticeable how tall and emaciated they were, how remote and untouched by any emotions. The artists of the time did not desire that any human traits should appear in their figures. When a great ruler died, for instance, and an image was engraved upon his tomb, the sculptor did not attempt to liken the figure to the dead man, but rather to express in stone the kingly attributes which he possessed. Gradually, however, though the influence of time and the influx of new ideas from other countries, the figures became more life-like until finally, centuries later, the first portraits evolved and pictures had atmosphere and perspective.

This meeting was the last for 1936, but much satisfaction was expressed in the 1937 syllabus, which provides for many new competitions, beginners talks, demonstrations and outings. The first meeting next year will take place on 3rd February.



2nd January 1937
Page 30 - Vol. 44 No. 1 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Shadows of aeroplanes and bridges, "innards” of watches, baby birds with enormous open mouths, ships funnels from below, and other strange sights formed the collection when "Most Original Picture” was the subject of the monthly competition. When criticizing the pictures, Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor expressed his disappointment that the competition had not brought forward any thing more startling, and gave some hints as to the best way to set about obtaining unusual pictures.

The popular voting placed Mr. Chapman-Taylor’s own picture, "The Way of All Flesh” as champion, the runners-up being Messrs. H.A. McDonald and R.J. Smith;
"B” grade, Mr. C.G. Smith.

On 2nd December Mr. E.C. Simpson lectured on "The History of Pictorial Art”, illustrating his talk with many slides of rare beauty.



16th FEBRUARY 1937
Page 17 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIII, ISSUE 39

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The first meeting of the-new season was held recently by the Wellington Camera Club. The evening was devoted to a lecture by Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor on the new process known as brometching.

The process, which is essentially the chemical reduction of an overdeveloped print, allows of the personal expression of the photographer. Straight photography does not allow for this, and the many surfaces and types of printing paper now available are the efforts of the manufacturers to provide a medium by which the artistic photographer might express his personal taste.

The true photographic artist always endeavored to present something else in addition to what was in the picture itself, said the lecturer. Originality and expression were added, and this was to be desired, as the resulting picture was more satisfying. Some method of control was usually required, and for this reason the bromoil, carbon, oil, and gum processes had been evolved. Brometching, the most recent of the processes, supplied all the necessary features of control, and personal expression, and in addition supplied a texture of medium that was very satisfying. The lecturer then explained the actual working of the process, which he said was very simple. For comparative purposes Mr. Chapman-Taylor exhibited pictures made by this method, and also the same subject produced as a straight bromide print. Several questions were answered, and at the conclusion of his talk Mr. Chapman-Taylor was accorded a hearty vote of thanks.



22nd FEBRUARY 1937
Page 11 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIII, ISSUE 44

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Over 50 prints were entered for the Wellington Camera Club recent monthly competition, when the only restrictions were in regard to the number of pictures allowed each exhibitor. Figure, animal, and cloud studies; seascapes, pastoral scenes, and portraits made up most of the entries, the standard of work being very high. Mr. A.S. Mitchell, who congratulated members on the even quality of the prints and the technique displayed, did not find it necessary to level much adverse criticism or to make many suggestions for improvement. He did, however, say that in his opinion the general effect of several of the pictures was rather sombre and that he would like to see some of them printed in slightly warmer tones.

The "popular" voting was naturally a problem on this occasion owing to the difficulty in comparing such totally different types of subjects. The champion picture, a fine study of a Maori head, was the work of Mr. H.A. McDonald, and another of his pictures tied with one of Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor's as runner-up. The other results were:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND EQUAL: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor Mr. H.A. McDonald

A GRADE: OPEN

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. H.A. McDonald

THIRD: Mr. H.A. McDonald

B GRADE: OPEN

FIRST: Mr. Wales

SECOND: Mr. Kershaw

THIRD EQUAL: Mr. Wales Mr. Kershaw Mr. K. Killoh

11th March 1937
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIII, ISSUE 59

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Young photographers, were well catered for at the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when the evening took the form of two demonstrations. Mr. K.G. Killoh, whose subject was the coloring of photographs, showed how simple it was to obtain, realistic and tasteful results. Apart from the set of transparent oil paints, which could be bought quite cheaply, the only articles needed were a sharpened meat skewer, some cotton wool, and a bottle containing about a teaspoonful each of artists oil and varnish to a cup of pure turpentine. No special ability was required, but it was necessary to avoid over coloring. The print was first treated with the turpentine and then a little of the appropriate color was spread in turn over each particular part of the scene or portrait, with the cotton wool on the end of a finger and worked in. For more detailed work, the cotton wool was wrapped round the skewer. Highlights were brought out by rubbing away some of the paint, and shadows were strengthened by slightly darker tints. In landscapes the whole sky was first washed over with blue, then the clouds and any surplus were cleaned with turpentine and the cotton wool. The paper should not be too rough in quality, or the paint would sink in, but a glossy or even a velvet finish was too smooth. Portraits should first be toned sepia, though other subjects colored well if printed on a cream or white base.

Mr. H.A. McDonald's demonstration of his method of enlarging was watched with interest.



1st April 1937
Page 187 - Volume 44 Number 4 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Young photographers were well catered for at the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club when two demonstrations were staged.

Mr. K.G. Killoh, whose subject was the coloring of photographs, showed how simple it was to obtain realistic and tasteful results. No special ability was required, but it was necessary to avoid over coloring. The print was first treated with the medium, and then a little of the appropriate color was spread in turn over each particular part of the scene or portrait with the cotton wool on the end of a finger and worked in. For more detailed work, the cotton wool was wrapped round a skewer. Highlights were brought out by rubbing away some of the paint, and shadows were strengthened by slightly darker tints. In landscapes the whole sky was first washed over with blue, then the clouds and any surplus were cleaned with medium and the cotton wool. The paper should not be too rough in quality, or the paint would sink in, but a glossy or even a velvet finish was too smooth. Portraits should first be toned sepia, though other subjects colored well if printed on a cream or white base.

Mr. H.A. McDonald’s demonstration of his method of enlarging was watched with intense interest by those who wanted to know just how everything was done. The various gadgets for control, diffusion and masking were explained, and many hints were given as to choice of paper, the making of test strips for judging exposure, how to bring out clouds and how to avoid pinholes.



3rd April 1937
Page 14 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIII, ISSUE 78

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Of the twenty prints entered for the monthly competition at the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, only one or two escaped adverse criticism from Mr. J.T. Salmon, either in regard to their technique or pictorial qualities. The subject, "Shipping or Wharf Scene", was a difficult one to render artistically, but most of the pictures lost points on technical grounds. Insufficient exposure for such contrasting subjects, with consequent lack of detail and texture in the shadows, seemed to be the most common mistake, but faulty production of the final print came a close second on this occasion. As Mr. Salmon said, perfect enlargements were essential in any kind of photographic work, and the camera artist must know how to handle his equipment to obtain the best results.

In so far as the pictorial side was concerned, most of the pictures contained far too many secondary objects, and drastic trimming seemed to be the only remedy once the exposure had been made. Possibly the most pleasing results would be achieved on misty mornings, when unwanted details would be toned down and attractive compositions on the waterfront could also be obtained at night. Several of the scenes included reflections of one kind or another in calm waters and, here again, Mr. Salmon was merciless in his suggestions for trimming. He pointed out that even with panchromatic material and filters, the natural colors of sea and sky were lost to a great extent and usually all that appeared in the print a large and blank, light-toned area. Mr. Salmon's advice was to photograph ships at an angle — never broadside on.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. R.J. Smith

SECOND EQUAL: Mr. H.A. McDonald Mr. Clift

A GRADE: SHIPPING OR WHARF SCENE:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. R.J. Smith

THIRD: Mr. Searle

B GRADE: SHIPPING OR WHARF SCENE:

FIRST: Mr. Clift

SECOND: Mr. Krebs

THIRD: Mr. Clift

15th April 1937
Page 27 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIII, ISSUE 88

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Ratas, rimus, cabbage trees, and koninis, all part of the ancient forest which once so thickly covered the Egmont district, came to life again in the pictures shown by Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor in his "One Man Show" at a recent meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. The results certainly justified the immense trouble Mr. Chapman-Taylor had taken to photograph the finest specimens of native trees, and the hearts of the audience went out feelingly as he described the day when most of his results were obtained — thick, misty, rain, squelchy moss, (and moss can be very wet), with big drops trickling down his neck from overhanging branches. However, it appeared, in order to avoid strong contrasts, that this was precisely the day to choose for bush photography, provided camera and lens were well protected from damp. With an exposure of up to five minutes on fairly slow plates, details could be recorded even in the darker parts of gnarled trees where the moss hung thickly. Included in the collection were some attractive cloud studies and views of Mount Egmont.

The special talk for beginners given by Mr. J.T. Salmon before the main part of the meeting was on "Handling the Camera". Mr. Salmon demonstrated the proper way to hold the instrument steady in any position when using the direct-vision finder. To keep the camera in good order, the speaker strongly advised the purchase of a leather case, and, more important, the carrying of the camera in the case. Every month or so the bodywork and bellows should be wiped over with a cloth on which there was a trace of vaseline, the inside parts-well dusted, and the lens cleaned. Among the accessories to which Mr. Salmon referred was the lens hood, which is indispensable, especially if a photograph be taken into the light. A lens hood performed the same purpose as a hand or shade over the eyes when looking towards the sun.



30th April 1937
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIII, ISSUE 101

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Exhibitors in the April competition of the Wellington Camera Club were complimented by Mr. W.H. Tustin upon the high standard of the work submitted. The pictures entered were all taken on the club's annual picnic at Akatarawa, and it was instructive to see how those with the artistic eye had made the most of unpromising material. Cows, scrub bush, tree boles, and a pair of sun-bathers were all roped in, and with well graded and attractive skies behind, yielded in the hands of experts pictorial results which amazed those who had passed by in scorn. One criticism which Mr. Tustin and others had to offer was that printing had been carried too far in several cases, resulting in rather sombre tones. This fault, however, was simple to remedy in future editions.

There was an animated discussion as to the wisdom of including figures in landscapes, the general opinion being in favor of this provided the person was appropriately dressed and in harmony with the scene so that there was no competitive note, namely, that he was not too near the camera or staring at the lens. A country lane, for instance, was an ideal place for a figure in an old raincoat trudging along in the mud or leaning over a gate; while sunshades and straw hats could help a beach scene. Such accessories, according to the district to be visited, might with advantage be carried or worn by the photographic party.

Mr. H.A. McDonald gained the championship, and was first equal in the A grade, with a pleasing tree study. Messrs. J.W. Chapman-Taylor and T.W. Rait were runners-up for the championship, and first equal and second respectively in the A grade. The winning print in the B grade was the work of Mr. K.G. Killoh.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND EQUAL: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor Mr. T.W. Rait

A GRADE: CLUB'S ANNUAL PICNIC AT AKATARAWA:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

SECOND: Mr. T.W. Rait

B GRADE: CLUB'S ANNUAL PICNIC AT AKATARAWA:

FIRST: Mr. K.G. Killoh

1st May 1937
Page 239 - Volume 44 Number 5 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor gave a helpful talk on March 17th, to the Wellington Camera Club, when "Landscapes” was the set subject. He pointed out the variety of results which could be obtained by photographing the same landscape under different lightings, at various times of day and during different seasons. The composition was all important, and the speaker advised careful study of the focusing screen. If the glass were divided by light marks into thirds, horizontally and vertically, it would be found that a satisfactory place for the principal object in the scene would be one of the four points of intersection, while the balancing object or tone-mass, which should be decidedly secondary in importance, could be placed near one of the other "points”. According to the beauty or otherwise of the sky, the horizon line should be approximately one-third or two-thirds up the picture space, with "leading-in” lines to help the composition and avoid the appearance of all the objects being in the one plane. Well-grouped animals, such as cows or horses, or an appropriately dressed and occupied figure, usually added to the interest.

Results of the landscape competition were:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST EQUAL: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor Mr. Salmon

A GRADE: LANDSCAPE:

FIRST: Mr. Salmon

SECOND: Mr. Patchett

THIRD: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

B GRADE: LANDSCAPE:

FIRST: Mr. Clift

SECOND: Mr. Krebs

THIRD: Mr. Kershaw

Of the twenty prints entered for the monthly competition at the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club on March 31st only one or two escaped adverse criticism from Mr. J.T. Salmon, either in regard to their technique or pictorial qualities. The subject, "Shipping or Wharf Scene”, was admittedly a difficult one to render artistically, but most of the pictures lost points on technical grounds.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. R.J. Smith

SECOND EQUAL: Mr. H.A. McDonald Mr. Clift

A GRADE: SHIPPING OR WHARF SCENE:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. R.J. Smith

THIRD: Mr. Searle

B GRADE: SHIPPING OR WHARF SCENE:

FIRST: Mr. Clift

SECOND: Mr. Krebs

THIRD: Mr. Clift

12th MAY 1937
Page 16 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIII, ISSUE 111

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The main feature of the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was a talk by Mr. H.M. Bridgman on "Filters". Beginners and experienced photographers alike appreciated the lecture, which gave in a simple way the main facts in regard to these aids to pictorial results.

Mr. Bridgman advised the use of a green or light yellow filter in the early morning or late afternoon, and an orange or red filter at midday. If the sky were deep blue and there were pronounced clouds it was not necessary to fit a heavy screen, and if it was desired to retain the misty atmosphere on a rainy day no filter at all should be used. A light green filter gave good results with super-sensitive panchromatic material on most occasions, more particularly when photographing in the bush or snow scenes. Study of the spectrum and experiment were both required before the necessary knowledge was obtained to avoid underexposure or overexposure with hard and exaggerated results. The development of the negative had a great effect upon the finished product. For panchromatic films with a filter it was advisable to use either a borax or fine-grain solution, and great care was required in regard to development time and working speed.

Mr. Bridgman exhibited a large number of attractive scenic photographs showing the results obtained by various filters.

At the beginners session Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor gave advice on "Choosing the Subject". He said this was one of the most difficult and also the most individual, parts of photography. One of the main points which he emphasized was the necessity for avoiding distracting detail in subject and surroundings. To give a bold result tones should be massed and several pictures dealing with this theme were exhibited to demonstrate the correct way of dealing with Nature in her various moods. Early morning or late afternoon, when the light was soft and shadows were long, was the best time of day for camera work. When a good subject was discovered many shots from various angles and positions should be tried under the different lightings.

The next outing is to be held on 16th May in the Ohiro Bay - Red Rocks district, the meeting place being the Island Bay tram terminus at 9.30am.



27th MAY 1937
Page 20 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIII, ISSUE 124

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club members watched with keen interest while Mr. J.W. Johnston showed how to color photographs and explained the process. All that was required, he said, were a bottle of turpentine, a box of transparent oil paints, some cotton wool and rags, and several enlargements on rough paper. To make the color warmer, especially in the shadows, the prints should be sepia toned. If, however, the picture lent itself to cold tones — as, for instance, snow scenes, lake, or sea views, where blue dominated it should be printed on a paper with a white base. First a few drops of turpentine on a cloth were rubbed over the entire surface, then a little color was spread over each part in turn, most of it being removed with cotton wool or a soft rubber. If the effect was not then liked, turpentine would clean the paint off and another attempt could be made. The type of picture which colored best seemed to be a seascape, and among many others, some very charming marine, studies in delicate tones were exhibited by Mr. Johnston. Fruit, flowers, autumn scenes, and portraits could also often be improved by coloring.

The demonstration was held in conjunction with a competition for tinted photographs, and Mr. Johnston expressed his pleasure at the large number of entries in B grade and the high standard of the work submitted. He commented upon each picture separately, suggesting various minor improvements. The chief criticism made was that one or two of the entries, though beautifully done, were over colored in that the photographic base was lost, resulting in what might be termed an ordinary painting.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

A GRADE: TINTED PHOTOGRAPHS:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

B GRADE: TINTED PHOTOGRAPHS:

FIRST: Mr. K.G. Killoh

SECOND: Mr. Krebs

THIRD: Mr. K.G. Killoh

1st June 1937
Page 290 - Volume 44 Number 6 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor staged a "One Man Show", for the Wellington Camera Club and the results justified the trouble he had taken to photograph the finest specimens of the Dominion’s native trees. Included, too, in the collection were some attractive cloud studies and views of Mount Egmont.

A talk for beginners by Mr. J.T. Salmon was on "Handling the Camera”, when he demonstrated how to hold the instrument steady in any position when using the direct vision finder. To keep the camera in good order the speaker strongly advised the purchase of a leather case, and, more important, the carrying of the camera in the case. Every month or so the bodywork and bellows should be wiped over with a cloth on which there was a trace of vaseline, the inside parts well dusted and the lens cleaned. Among the accessories to which Mr. Salmon referred was the lens hood, which performed the same purpose as a hand or shade over the eyes when looking towards the sun.

Mr. W.H. Tustin complimented exhibitors in the April monthly competition upon the high standard of the work submitted, all from exposures made on the club’s annual picnic at Akatarawa.

There was an animated discussion as to the wisdom of including figures in landscapes, the general opinion being in favor of this, provided the person was appropriately dressed and in harmony with the scene, so that there was no competitive note, that is, he was not too near the camera or staring at the lens.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND EQUAL: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor Mr. T.W. Rait

A GRADE: CLUB'S ANNUAL PICNIC AT AKATARAWA:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

SECOND: Mr. T.W. Rait

B GRADE: CLUB'S ANNUAL PICNIC AT AKATARAWA:

FIRST: Mr. K.G. Killoh

12th JUNE 1937
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIII, ISSUE 138

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a large display of prints at the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club held in the St. Vincent de Paul Society's rooms in Manners Street recently. Twelve prints had to be chosen as the local entry for the annual New Zealand Inter-Club competition, and the selection committee, had a difficult task. A uniform and very attractive entry was selected. The owners of the winning prints were Messrs. Chapman-Taylor, Johnson, McDonald, Searle, Salmon, Kershaw, Spencer Digby, and R.J. Smith.



23rd JUNE 1937
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIII, ISSUE 147

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Portraiture was the subject on which Miss Elizabeth Greenwood, lectured to the Wellington Camera Club at a meeting held recently, and she exhibited several photographs on different types of paper to illustrate her remarks. She stressed the need for correct lighting, and suggested that a main bank of lamps in front of the subject with a subsidiary light nearer and to one side to give modeling to the features was a satisfactory method. Three quarter length portraits, she said, were fairly easy to tackle, but it was in full-length studies that difficulty was experienced, as a fault in the subject's posture was accentuated. In regard to background, a light screen of three-ply wood painted a graduated light grey on one side, and black on the other, was suggested by Miss Greenwood.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. J.M. Kershaw

A GRADE: PORTRAITURE:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

THIRD: Mr. H.A. McDonald

B GRADE: PORTRAITURE:

FIRST: Mr. K.G. Killoh

SECOND: Mr. J.M. Kershaw

THIRD: Mr. J.M. Kershaw

Apart from the competition several fine portraits were exhibited, the work of Mr. J.W. Johnson.



1st July 1937
Page 342 - Vol. 44 No. 7 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The main feature of the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club on 5th May was a talk by Mr. H.M. Bridgman on "Filters”. The speaker advised the use of a green or light yellow filter in the early morning or late afternoon, and an orange or red filter at midday. If the sky were deep blue and there were pronounced clouds, it was not necessary to fit a heavy screen, and if it was desired to retain the misty atmosphere on a rainy day no filter at all should be used. A light green filter gave good results with super sensitive panchromatic material on most occasions, more particularly when photographing in the bush or snow scenes; portraiture, too. Study of the spectrum and experiment were both required before the necessary knowledge was obtained to avoid under-exposure or over-exposure with hard and exaggerated results.

The development of the negative had a great effect upon the finished product. For panchromatic films with a filter it was advisable to use either a borax or fine-grain solution, and great care was required in regard to development time and working speed.

At the beginners session Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor gave advice on "Choosing the Subject”, one of the most difficult and parts of photography. He emphasized the necessity for avoiding distracting detail in subject and surroundings, and said that this could be achieved by massing the various tones. Early morning or late afternoon, when the light was soft and shadows were long, was the best time of day for camera work. When a good subject was discovered many shots from various angles and positions should be tried under the different lightings.

A large number of entries was received for the competition for tinted photographs at the meeting on May 19th, and the standard of work was high. Mr. J.W. Johnston, who was in charge of the evening, pointed out that in one or two cases the pictures, though beautifully done, were over-colored, in that the photographic base was lost, and the result was what looked like an ordinary painting. To make the color warmer, especially in the shadows, enlargements should be sepia-toned. If, however, the picture lent itself to cold tones, as, for instance, snow scenes, lake or sea views, where blue predominated, it should be printed on a paper with a white base.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

A GRADE: TINTED PHOTOGRAPHS:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

B GRADE: TINTED PHOTOGRAPHS:

FIRST: Mr. K.G. Killoh

SECOND: Mr. Krebs

THIRD: Mr. K.G. Killoh

3rd July 1937
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIV, ISSUE 3

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The subject for the June competition at the Wellington Camera Club, "Cloud Study", resulted in a very fine, entry being submitted. Mr. J.T. Salmon, the member in charge of the evening, complimented exhibitors upon the good technique shown. He expressed the opinion that though many attractive cloud forms could be seen, it was difficult to record them pictorially on paper. The photography of this subject might be said to fall under three headings: firstly, the purely meteorological record of any unusual form or type; secondly, the cloud study with a landscape base of minor importance, and, thirdly, the landscape or seascape which, was "made" by the attractive cloud forms above.

In so far as the technical side was concerned, Mr. Salmon said he favored a fast orthochromatic film used in conjunction with a yellow or orange filter. For this type of subject slight over-correction of the blue sky was permissible in order to throw up the white of the cloud. Panchromatic emulsion could be used with a red filter for any special effects and with a green filter for sunrises or sunsets. The process of development needed to be watched very carefully, a fairly dilute solution being employed in order to avoid excessive contrasts, and to obtain the necessary gradation. Printing should be carried out on a smooth paper with a sheen such as matte.

Apart from the competition, several fine cloud studies were exhibited by Messrs. Salmon and J.W. Johnson.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST EQUAL: Mr. J.M. Kershaw Mr. Spencer-Digby

A GRADE: CLOUD STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. Spencer Digby

SECOND: Mr. Spencer Digby

THIRD: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

B GRADE: CLOUD STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. J.M. Kershaw

SECOND: Mr. C.W. Clift

19th July 1937
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIV, ISSUE 16

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
TONING DEMONSTRATION
A demonstration of toning was given by Mr. J.W. Johnson at the recent meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. The process was a simple one and results, especially in the sepia shades, were well worth while. Alter printing and fixing in the usual way, the picture was put into a bleaching solution and left there until most of the colors had disappeared, when it was washed and then transferred to one or other of the different redeveloping solutions. The latter would be found to work almost instantaneously, said Mr. Johnson. Experiments could be tried with weaker or stronger solutions, with different depths of printing, and with varied times in the several baths, all of which affected the warmth of the resulting picture. For sepia tones, the original black and white print needed to be fairly strong, but a slightly weaker print was better for blue toning, which had an intensifying effect. The blue color was specially suitable for snow or night pictures.

Mr. Johnson exhibited a large number of prints of all shades of brown, and explained how the colors had been achieved in each case.

The President, Mr. A.S. Mitchell, presented diplomas won during 1936.

DIPLOMAS FOR 1936 CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. R.J. Searle

DIPLOMAS FOR 1936: A GRADE:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Johnson

SECOND: Mr. R.J. Searle

DIPLOMAS FOR 1936: B GRADE:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND EQUAL: Mr. K.G. Killoh Mr. W. Abbott

2nd August 1937
Page 394 - Vol. 44 No. 8 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A talk by Miss Elizabeth Greenwood, at the Wellington Camera Club, in conjunction with a competition for portraits, was given at the meeting on June 16th. The lecturer, who exhibited a number of photographs, explained the various lightings used for each. On most occasions, she said, she favored a main bank of lamps in front of the subject, with a subsidiary light nearer, and to one side, to give modeling to the features. All lamps should have a piece of fine muslin in front to soften the lighting. To avoid distortion it was advisable, unless a special long-focus lens was used, not to have the camera nearer to the sitter than six feet. Head and shoulders only could always be enlarged afterwards if the resulting negative included too much of the figure. Three quarter-length portraits were usually fairly easy to manage, but full-length ones were apt to be extremely difficult, as any faults in posture were accentuated. A tendency to slouch in a chair could sometimes be over come if the subject sat on the edge of a table. Panchromatic material reduced the exposure time considerably and yielded better tones, especially if used with a light green filter.

In regard to background, Miss Greenwood suggested a light screen of three-ply wood should be made and painted a graduated light grey or fawn on one side and black on the other. This could be carried round and put up behind the subject if the background already there (as, for instance, the weather boarding of a house, brick wall, etc.) was full of distracting lines or lights.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. J.M. Kershaw

A GRADE: PORTRAITS:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

THIRD: Mr. H.A. McDonald

B GRADE: PORTRAITS:

FIRST: Mr. K.G. Killoh

SECOND: Mr. J.M. Kershaw

THIRD: Mr. J.M. Kershaw

Apart from the competition, several fine portraits were exhibited, the work of Mr. J.W. Johnson.



12th AUGUST 1937
Page 14 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIV, ISSUE 37

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A lantern evening was held at the recent fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when a number of scenic slides were shown. Many of these had been skilfully colored, giving a very realistic effect, more especially in the southern lake scenes where blue tones predominated. At the conclusion a few hints on lantern slide making were given by Mr. J.W. Johnson.

Mr. Johnson announced an alteration in the program for next meeting. It has been decided to have a practical demonstration of still-life composition, members taking their cameras and photographing some of the "sets" arranged. One of the Australian Camera Clubs has forwarded a portfolio of pictures, for exhibition and criticism, and this will be displayed at the meeting on August 18.



1st September 1937
Page 446 - Vol. 44 No. 9 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The set subject for the June competition of the Wellington Camera Club, was "Cloud Study”. Mr. J.T. Salmon, who was in charge of the evening, advised competitors to use a fast orthochromatic film in conjunction with a yellow or orange filter. For this type of subject slight over-correction of the blue sky was permissible. Panchromatic emulsion could be used with a red filter for any special effects and with a green filter for sunrises or sunsets. Development should be carefully watched, a fairly dilute solution being used in order to avoid excessive contrasts.

Results of the competition were:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST EQUAL: Mr. J.M. Kershaw Mr. Spencer-Digby

A GRADE: CLOUD STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. Spencer-Digby

SECOND: Mr. Spencer-Digby

THIRD: Mr. Chapman-Taylor

B GRADE: CLOUD STUDY:

FIRST: Mr. J.M. Kershaw

SECOND: Mr. Clift

On July 7th Mr. J.W. Johnson gave a demonstration of Toning.

In the July competition for "Architecture” Mr. J.T. Salmon secured the championship, a print of the Dominion Museum, floodlit.

Practical advice was given by Mr. A.S. Mitchell, who said that for a subject of this type it was wiser not to diffuse the enlargement or to use a soft-focus lens, in order that details of carving and ornamentation might be sharply rendered. Adequate space should be allowed all round the structure, more particularly at the base, to avoid any sense of restriction. If the foreground were dark in tone, this would obviate any tendency to top-heaviness. One of the most important points was the lighting, and it was suggested that the photographer should try to visualize his subject as it would appear at various times of day, re-visiting the scene when it was judged that the lighting would give the most relief,usually this would be found to be when the sun was to one side. As in most branches of photography, direct sunlight, especially if it could be arranged for this to emphasize the main point of interest, would help to secure a brighter and more attractive result.



9th September 1937
Page 15 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIV, ISSUE 61

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At last week's meeting of the Wellington Camera Club a demonstration and competition on still life arrangement were held.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: STILL LIFE ARRANGEMENT:			B GRADE: STILL LIFE ARRANGEMENT:
FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald	SECOND: Mr. H.A. McDonald	FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald	SECOND: Mr. H.A. McDonald	THIRD: Mr. H.A. McDonald	FIRST: Mr. J.M. Kershaw	SECOND: Mr. K.G. Killoh	THIRD: Mr. C. Jackson

Each picture was commented upon by Mr. J.W. Johnson, who also exhibited a large number of still life studies and described the various forms upon which they were built up. By means of sketches he showed how such pitfalls as leading-out lines, incorrect perspective, and ugly shapes could be avoided. Various "sets" were also arranged in lightning style by the lecturer, and these were photographed by members.

The beginners session took the form of a demonstration of tank development by Mr. H.A. McDonald, who went through the whole process, from taking the film out of his camera to hanging the developed strip up to dry. As the tank was a daylight loading one, there was no need for the old fashioned darkroom and the developing was done under the ordinary room lights. The cost of "doing your own" this way is amazingly small and it is much more fascinating than having the film done professionally. This method of dealing with negatives yields satisfactory results even at the hands of the novice in photography.



23rd September 1937
Page 15 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIV, ISSUE 73

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The subject of the Wellington Camera Club September competition, a piece of velvet and three eggs, was easily the most difficult ever set. It was surprising, however, how some competitors had managed to make interesting compositions with such meagre and contrasting material, and the evening became hilarious when entrants gave away the various dodges which they had used to overcome some of the difficulties. It did not seem as though either the eggs or velvet could have been good for much after the grueling they received.

Apart from some adverse comments on the subject of exposure, the chief criticism of Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor was that the arrangement in most cases was poor. Although the competition was mainly intended as a test of technique, this was no reason why an interesting and even artistic result should not have been achieved.

Results of the popular voting were as follows:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: PIECE OF VELVET AND THREE EGGS:			B GRADE: PIECE OF VELVET AND THREE EGGS:
FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	SECOND: Mr. H.A. McDonald	FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. J.M. Kershaw	SECOND: Mr. J.M. Kershaw	THIRD: Mr. C. Jackson

1st October 1937
Page 500 - Vol. 44 No. 10 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
On 4th August, at the Wellington Camera Club there was a Lantern Evening, when many beautifully colored scenic slides were shown, and on the 18th the portfolio of pictures recently received from Australia was displayed. Club members always appreciate the opportunity to see the pictorial work of other countries, and much interest was taken in this collection.

At the Beginners session on 1st September a demonstration on "Tank Development” was given by Mr. H.A. McDonald, who showed just how simple and inexpensive this method of developing could be. Those who developed their negatives individually had to admit that there was nothing wrong with the technical side of Mr. McDonald’s roll of film. The main features of the evening were the Still Life Competition and a demonstration and talk by Mr. J.W. Johnson on the composition of such subjects. Mr. Johnson had prepared several sketches illustrating the right and wrong methods of arrangements, and pointing out several pitfalls, and he also showed bunches of flowers, vases, books and various ornaments, which he arranged on the table with a skilled hand. Several members had brought their cameras, and they photographed the "sets" with a view to securing "masterpieces” for future Still Life competitions.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: LANTERN EVENING:			B GRADE: LANTERN EVENING:
FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald	SECOND: Mr. H.A. McDonald	FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald	SECOND: Mr. H.A. McDonald	THIRD: Mr. H.A. McDonald	FIRST: Mr. J.M. Kershaw	SECOND: Mr. K.G. Killoh	THIRD: Mr. C. Jackson

The society is now issuing a monthly house organ, under the title of "The Developer and Enlarger”, and will be glad to exchange copies with any other Australian societies that may be issuing something of the same kind. Will those secretaries who may be interested please address the Hon. Social Convener, Wellington Camera Club.



2nd October 1937
Page 15 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CCXIV, ISSUE 81

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual general meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was held on Wednesday. Mr. A.S. Mitchell presided over a large attendance.

The following were elected to the positions mentioned:

ELECTION OF OFFICERS 1937 - 1938						President Mr. A.S. MITCHELL
Vice President: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	Vice President: Mr. A.H. Eaton	Vice President: Mr. C.H. McGill	Vice President: Mr. L. Powell	Vice President: Mr. T.W. Rait	Vice President: Mr. E.T. Robson	Vice President: Mr. J.T. Salmon	Vice President: Mr. W.H. Tustin
HON.SECRETARY: Mr. K.G. Killoh	Hon. Treasurer: Mr. P.R. Robertson	Committee: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	Committee: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Committee: Mr. H.A. McDonald	Committee: Mr. T.W. Rait	Committee: Mr. J.T. Salmon	Committee: Mr. W.H. Tustin
Hon. Librarian: Mr. C.G. Smith	Hon. Auditor: Mr. N. Patchett	Hon. Competition Secretary: Mr. R.E. Tretheway		Hon. Editor Social Convener: Miss N.J. Janisch	Selection Committee: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Selection Committee: Mr. H.A. McDonald	Selection Committee: Mr. J.T. Salmon

The annual report and balance sheet, showed a healthy state of affairs and an active membership, were adopted.

During the evening the President and others expressed the club's appreciation of the good work done during the year by the various office-holders, special reference being to the librarian and secretary, who are retiring.

At the close of the evening diplomas for 1937 were presented as follows:

DIPLOMAS FOR 1937: CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		DIPLOMAS FOR 1937: A GRADE:		DIPLOMAS FOR 1937: B GRADE:
FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. K.G. Killoh	SECOND: Mr. J.M. Kershaw

15th OCTOBER 1937
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIV, ISSUE 92

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club meeting last week took the form of two demonstrations. The first, one of a series for beginners, was given by Mr. H.A. McDonald, whose subject was gaslight printing, and the second demonstration on making lantern slides was given by Mr. J.T. Salmon.



28th OCTOBER 1937
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIV, ISSUE 103

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The subject of the Wellington Camera Club October competition was "Toil", and before criticizing the entries, Mr. H.A. McDonald gave his opinion as to the kind of picture which could be legitimately entered for this competition. He said the figure or figures should be engaged in manual labor as opposed to work which made no call upon the muscles. The photographer must concentrate upon bringing out his theme in the picture and must not allow any subsidiary items to compete for attention. This could be achieved by trimming, and by overprinting or otherwise subduing edges and corners. The lighting should also be arranged with a view to accentuating the main point of interest and merely suggesting any accessories used. Each entry was thoroughly reviewed by Mr. McDonald, who put his finger on the various weaknesses and suggested how they might be overcome.

CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP: MONTHLY WINNERS		A GRADE: TOIL:	B GRADE: TOIL:
FIRST: Mr. J.M. Kershaw	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. J.M. Kershaw	SECOND: Mr. J.M. Kershaw	THIRD: Mr. C. Jackson

1st November 1937
Page 550 - Vol. 44 No. 11 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The subject of the September competition, a piece of black velvet and three eggs, was one of the hardest ever set. Apart from adverse comments on the subject of exposure, Mr. Chapman-Taylor's chief criticism was that the arrangement in most cases was poor. The competition was mainly in tended as a test of technique, but this was no reason why an interesting and even artistic result should not have been achieved. When tackling such a subject as this, one of the important points was to avoid monotony in the scheme by means of unusual lighting and tones, and by varying the forms and shapes of the articles and their shadows (that is, the eggs should all be placed at different angles). The lighting of the eggs, to show off their roundness, and of the velvet to emphasize its folds and to provide leading-in lines, had been carefully planned by most exhibitors. Mr. Chapman-Taylor's own picture was awarded the championship.

ELECTION OF OFFICERS 1937 - 1938							President Mr. A.S. MITCHELL
Vice President: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	Vice President: Mr. E.T. Robson	Vice President: Mr. J.T. Salmon	Vice President: Mr. W.H. Tustin	Vice President: Mr. L. Powell	Vice President: Mr. C.H. McGill	Vice President: Mr. T.W. Rait	Vice President: Mr. A.H. Eaton	HON.SECRETARY: Mr. K.G. Killoh
Hon. Treasurer: Mr. P.R. Robertson	Committee: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	Committee: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Committee: Mr. H.A. McDonald	Committee: Mr. J.T. Salmon	Committee: Mr. W.H. Tustin	Committee: Mr. T.W. Rait	Hon. Editor Miss N.J. Janisch	Hon. Competition Secretary: Mr. R.E. Tretheway

11th NOVEMBER 1937
Page 16 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIV, ISSUE 115

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A lantern evening was held at the recent meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. A well-arranged collection of slides was shown by Mr. C.G. Smith, depicting the journey from Wellington to Rotorua, via Napier, Taupo, and Wairaki. Several of the views of geysers and terraces had been toned, giving a realistic effect to the many colored rocks. A description of his trips round the lakes, to Waimangu, Ohinemutu, and Whakarewarewa, was given by Mr. Smith, who also commented shrewdly, on many of the stories with which the guides love to impress tourists. Other slides, taken in all parts of the world, were shown by Messrs. Eiby and Wales.

At present the club is holding a membership drive. All those interested in making better pictures should communicate with the secretary, 7 Waring Taylor Street, Wellington, Cl. Beginners are especially welcomed.



23rd NOVEMBER 1937
Page 19 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIV, ISSUE 125

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
One of the most popular competitions of the year was held during the Wellington Camera Club recent meeting. The subject was "New Zealand Flora", and although photographs of clematis and kowhai predominated, pictures of manuka, bush lawyer, ake ake, ferns, and nikau palms helped to make up a representative and fine collection.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: NEW ZEALAND FLORA:			B GRADE: NEW ZEALAND FLORA:
FIRST: Mr. J.T. Salmon	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. J.T. Salmon	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	THIRD: Mr. H.A. McDonald	FIRST: Mr. W. Abbott	SECOND: Mr. C. Jackson	THIRD: Mr. J.M. Kershaw

Apart from the competition, a very attractive study in color of a spray of Kaka Beak was exhibited by Mr. J.W. Johnson.

Mr. Salmon gave some general hints regarding flower photography. Dealing with the technical side, he emphasized the need for correct exposure, especially when snapping white flowers and dark-green leaves. In photography of this type there was a distinct advantage in placing the group more or less in the center of the picture, but to avoid scattering the interest, lighting and focusing should be concentrated upon the principal blossom.



1st December 1937
Page 602 - Vol. 44 No. 12 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The meeting on October 6th of the Wellington Camera Club took the form of two demonstrations. Mr. H.A. McDonald showed the beginners how to handle contact printing, for which purpose he used a Kodak printing box, and Mr. J.T. Salmon demonstrated lantern slide making with the various types of plates on the market.

The subject of the monthly competition on October 20 was "Toil”, and before criticizing the entries Mr. McDonald gave his opinion as to the kind of picture which could legitimately be entered for this competition. He said the figure or figures should be engaged in manual labor, as opposed to work which made no call upon the muscles. The photographer must concentrate upon bringing out his theme in the picture, and must not allow any subsidiary items to compete for attention. This could be achieved by trimming and by over-printing, or otherwise subduing edges and corners. The lighting should also be arranged with a view to accentuating the main point of interest and merely suggesting any accessories used. Each entry was reviewed by Mr, McDonald, who emphasized the various weaknesses and suggested how they might be overcome.

The champion picture was the work of Mr. J.M. Kershaw, who also won the first two awards in B Grade. Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor was runner-up for the Championship and first in A Grade. The third award in B Grade went to Mr. C. Jackson.



9th December 1937
Page 8 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIV, ISSUE 139

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The last meeting for 1937 of the Wellington Camera Club was devoted to a lecture by Mr. R.J. Smith ARPS, on "Press Work".

Mr. Smith enlarged upon some of the trials in the day's (and night's) work of a Press photographer. In some of the countries overseas the large papers issued new editions every few hours, he said, and the speed at which the technical side of the work was carried out was amazing. The production of an enlargement was more a matter of seconds than minutes. In spite of the expense involved, various methods of telephoning and air mailing pictures were now coming into general use. Views of the Coronation celebrations were sent to Australia by beam wireless and published in a Melbourne paper within twelve hours of the event. Staff photographers, more particularly in the United States, appeared to be reckless in their efforts to obtain views of burning houses from inside, motor-cars overturning, and aeroplanes crashing, to satisfy the publics taste. This policy accounted for the growing popularity of the miniature camera for Press work, despite the difficulty of handling the films at top speed.

In response to a question, Mr. Smith exploded the fallacy that a contrasty print was the most suitable for reproduction, stating that on the contrary there should be a full range of tones. At the same time, flat or "muddy" prints should be avoided.

The lecturer displayed several proofs, pulls, prints, and blocks, and outlined the various stages of the reproduction process. One of the most illuminating exhibits was a matrix of the theatre and screen page from a newspaper, a close inspection of the raised letters and engravings revealing the method used to transfer the type and pictures to the sheets of newsprint.



4th January 1938
Page 30 - Vol. 45 No. 1 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
On November 3rd a lantern evening was held, a well-arranged collection of slides made in the thermal district being shown by Mr. C.G. Smith.

New Zealand Flora was the subject of the November competition, and twenty-five entries were submitted, all of a high standard, pictorially and technically. The Championship was awarded to Mr. J.T. Salmon. During his talk Mr. Salmon advised members to take care to choose a typical group, including buds, blossoms which were fully out, and foliage. Any dead flowers should be removed. The spray could be placed in the center of the picture space with advantage, but to avoid scattering the interest, lighting and focusing should be concentrated upon the principal bloom. Panchromatic film and a blue or green filter were the most successful combination for the majority of colors. The times of exposure and development, also the temperature of the solution, should be accurately worked out or the tones would suffer.

A special meeting was held on November 24th to allow members to view the collection by Mr. J. Dudley Johnston. Overseas portfolios are always much appreciated in this country, and Mr. Johnston’s was no exception. Much interest, apart from the pictorial side, was shown in the number of processes which had been used, some of the oldest of these being most in favor.



1st February 1938
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXV, ISSUE 26

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The first meeting of the Wellington Camera Club for 1938 was devoted to a display of water-colors by Mrs. Chapman-Taylor. As several of these had been painted during club outings, it was interesting to compare them with photographs taken by members at the same time and from much the same point.

Mr. Chapman-Taylor, who gave a short talk upon his wife's pictures and upon color-work generally, said there were three ideals which every true artist had to follow. First, he must respect his medium and know its limitations; second, while studying the methods of acknowledged masters, he should develop his own individuality and avoid copying the styles or ideas of others; and third, his pictures must be true to life. To portray the very spirit of Nature, the artist needed to have a love of simple things combined with a gift for selection.

In addition to the scenic water-color, the exhibition embraced pictures of an imaginative type suitable for children's rooms, including a charming set illustrating the four seasons, and several bold designs for tapestry work.



10th February 1938
Page 27 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXV, ISSUE 34

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Well over thirty entries were submitted for the landscape competition at the Wellington Camera Club fortnightly meeting, and nearly all were of a high standard pictorially and technically. The President, Mr. A.S. Mitchell, found few major points to criticize adversely, but made several suggestions for improving composition by slight trimming or over-printing. In some cases the pictures were lacking in the balance which is essential in a well designed landscape. To set off the principal object there should be another or a similar tone mass, further away and decidedly secondary in importance. The picture should also have pleasing lines, leading in, to give the third dimension effect.

Results of the popular voting were as follows:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: LANDSCAPE:			B GRADE: LANDSCAPE:
FIRST: Mr. J.T. Salmon	SECOND: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. J.T. Salmon	SECOND: Mr. J.T. Salmon	THIRD: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. J.M. Kershaw	SECOND: Mr. C. Jackson	THIRD: Mr. J.M. Kershaw

The demonstration for beginners, given by Mr. Salmon, covered development of orthochromatic negatives by the well-known "see-saw" method, and of panchromatic cut film.



24th February 1938
Page 17 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXV, ISSUE 46

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A very interesting evening was held recently at the Wellington Camera Club, when Mr. and Mrs. D. Crombie gave a talk and demonstration of home portraiture. Many useful hints on fast working were obtained by members. Not a minute is wasted by these two photographers, who know how easily a family may tire and become self-conscious if kept waiting for long in front of a camera. As they enter a room, they look at the walls and hangings. If these are light in color, all is well, and the two five hundred candlepower lamps in reflectors, in conjunction with ordinary room lights, are the only ones used. If the setting consists of dark paper, or paneling, a third powerful light is inserted in one of the ceiling plugs. Large rooms are preferred for the extempore studios.

Exposures are necessarily very short in view of the fact that fond owners insist on their pets being photographed, too. The fastest negative material available is employed.

During the evening a portfolio of pictures by Leonard Misonne, one of the greatest living exponents of landscape and pictorial photography, was displayed.

It was announced by the chairman that the results of the membership drive were most satisfactory, the club's roll now standing at 100. Many new members, mostly beginners, have lately been enrolled.



1st March 1938
Page 134 - Vol. 45 No. 3 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The first meeting for 1938 was devoted to a display of watercolors by Mrs. Chapman-Taylor. As several of these had been painted during club outings, it was interesting to compare them with photographs taken by members at the same time and from much the same viewpoint.

The subject of the February competition, "Landscape” was a very popular one, and a large number of entries were submitted. The champion picture was the work of Mr. J.T. Salmon who also won first and third places in "A” Grade Mr. Chapman-Taylor was second in the same grade and runner-up for the Championship. In "B” Grade the entries of Mr. J.M. Kershaw were awarded a first and a third, Mr. C. Jackson being second. This year a "C” Grade for "contacts”, not necessarily printed by the photographer himself, has been inaugurated tor beginners and those who have no dark-room facilities. The prints are mounted and exhibited on the walls, thus receiving the benefit of the criticism and advice of senior members, and also giving the large number of new members a personal interest in each competition.

At the Beginners session Mr. Salmon demonstrated the methods of developing roll and cut film.



10th MARCH 1938
Page 23 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXV, ISSUE 58

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Two demonstrations were given at the Wellington Camera Club fortnightly meeting held recently. The first, "Gaslight Printing", shown by Mr. H.A. McDonald, was intended for beginners in photography, of whom there are a large number among the new members.

The second demonstration, by Mr. J.W. Johnson, on the oil and bromoil processes, was watched with great interest. There is a decided knack in using the brushes and in stopping each step of the process just at the right stage. There is also a good deal of work involved, but this is compensated for by the amount of control possible and the pleasing results obtainable. With either process, a photographer can impress his own individuality upon his pictures as surely as can an artist. Unlike ordinary bromide enlargements, which can be turned out with machinelike regularity, no two oils or bromoils can be made exactly the same.

Mr. Johnson displayed a number of most attractive studies, including a portrait in colors, which was a wonderful example of the control and realism possible by this method. He also exhibited several bromoil transfers.



1st April 1938
Page 186 - Vol. 45 No. 4 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A very interesting evening was held on February 16th, when Mr. and Mrs. D. Crombie gave a demonstration of "Home Portraiture”. Many useful hints on fast working were obtained by members. Not a minute was wasted by these two photographers, who know how easily a family may tire and become self-conscious if kept waiting for long in front of a camera. As they enter a room they look at the walls and hangings. If these are light in color, all is well, and the two 500-candlepower lamps in reflectors, in conjunction with ordinary room lights, are the only ones used. If the setting consists of dark paper or paneling, a third powerful light is inserted in one of the ceiling plugs. For obvious reasons, large rooms are preferred for the extempore studio.

Exposures were necessarily very short, in view of the fact that fond owners insisted on their pets being photographed, too. The fastest negative material available was employed to give a picture full of detail, development being in Metol-Quinol.

During the evening a portfolio of pictures by Leonard Misonne, one of the greatest living exponents of landscape and pictorial photography, was displayed on the walls.

It was announced by the chairman that the results of the membership "drive" were most satisfactory, the club’s roll now standing at one hundred. Many new members, mostly beginners, have lately been enrolled.



5th APRIL 1938
Page 17 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXV, ISSUE 80

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A very pleasant evening was spent by the Wellington Camera Club recently, when Dr. H.H. Smith, a visitor from America who has traveled through many of the more interesting parts of the world, showed a large number of slides. These were all in Dufaycolour and the truth of the tones to nature was remarkable — showing the rapid progress which has been made of late by the manufacturers of color films. The vivid hues of the tropical scenery, native clothes and streets all faithfully recorded, proved the definite advantage to the tourist of this type of sensitive material. To enable member to check the correctness of the shades, Dr. Smith had included in his collection a dozen or so slides taken in the Wellington Begonia House.

As the speaker pointed out, many of his most successful shots would have been flat and uninteresting in black and white, on account of the trying lighting conditions which obtained, with the sun overhead for the greater portion of the day, the traveler is barred from the lovely effects of light and shade upon which most of our pictorial workers can concentrate. It is a well-known fact, however, that this flat lighting is most suitable for color work. Misty days are also more easily dealt with by color films, which have to a large extent the property of penetrating haze, this was borne out by the number of artistic pictures taken in London during the foggy weather of early autumn. The russet leaves of the trees in Kew Gardens were beautifully rendered, as also was the foliage of the English countryside. Every black and white photographer knows the value of clouds in his pictures and goes to considerable trouble to emphasize them, but there was scarcely one slide which did not show to advantage even the lightest formations.

After a little experience as to which types of subjects are not suited to the process (that is, generally speaking, greatly contrasting or contre jour views), Dr. Smith said the only point which called for careful attention was the exposure. A good-light meter was essential as there was very little latitude either way; over-exposed negatives had a washed-out appearance, and in under-exposed ones the blues were too emphasized. No special type of camera was required, and the additional cost of the film was fully compensated for by the realism of the results.



1st May 1938
Page 248 - Vol. 45 No. 5 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
On 2nd March Mr. J.W. Johnson gave a demonstration on the oil and bromoil processes which was watched with keen interest. He displayed a number of bromoils, including a portrait in colors, which was a fine example of the amount of control possible and the realism of the results obtained.

The Wellington Camera Club annual outing was held at Te Marua on March 13th, over fifty being present, as can be seen from the accompanying group photograph.

The subject of the monthly competition held on 16th March was "Character Study”, a number of entries of good quality being submitted. Some of these, however, were considered to be more in the nature of portraits, and this led to an animated discussion as to the difference between the two subjects. It was finally agreed that, although a good character study could be made of a child, this was difficult, and usually turned into more of a figure study. The ideal person was one whose face showed something of the trials and troubles he had under gone. The general opinion was that it was advisable to show the sitter’s hands, which in most cases gave an indication of his work, life and temperament, and a little of the background and surroundings of the man or woman, especially if these were characteristic. It was by no means necessary to show every detail; all that was required was a slight indication, by means of differential focusing of what might be termed the "natural habitat”. The champion picture was the work of Mr. H.A. McDonald, while Mr. J.M. Kershaw was runner-up.

On 30th March, Dr. H.H. Smith, a visitor to the Club, presented a record of his travels round the world by means of color slides.



26th May 1938
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXV, ISSUE 122
1st July 1938
Page 349 - Vol. 45 No. 7 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
COLORED WORK
The May competition for hand-colored photographs attracted a very fine entry at the Wellington Camera Club recent meeting.

Voting resulted as follows:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:	A GRADE: HAND-COLORED PHOTOGRAPHS:			B GRADE: HAND-COLORED PHOTOGRAPHS:
FIRST EQUAL: Mr. E.T. Robson Mr. C. Jackson Mr. J.M. Kershaw	FIRST: Mr. E.T. Robson	SECOND: Mr. J.M. Kershaw	THIRD: Mr. K.G. Killoh	FIRST: Mr. C. Jackson	SECOND: Mr. R.E. Tretheway	THIRD EQUAL: Mr. A.J. Wales Mr. R.A. Krebs

It was pointed out that two distinct types of pictures could be included under this heading: (1) the tinted, in which the photographic base showed through, and (2) the painted, in which the image was covered up by color. In the opinion of Mr. J.W. Johnson, who was in charge of the evening, entries for the purpose of this competition should be of the first type. After commenting helpfully on the exhibits Mr. Johnson passed on several hints on coloring generally and also gave a quick demonstration. He advised using oils, which were permanent and easier to apply and remove, and suggested that unless cold tones were desired, as in night or snow scenes, the enlargement should first be toned in sepia. He described the material and process.



31st May 1938
Page 6 - Wanganui Chronicle, Volume 80, Issue 126

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club, consisting of about twenty members, will visit the Wanganui Camera Club from Saturday 4th June, to Monday 6th June. Elaborate arrangements have been made for the entertainment of the visitors, and many spots of interest to the amateur photographer will be included in the program. Such places as the Okehu Valley, Waverley beach, and Virginia Lake will be photographed, and it is anticipated that much benefit will be derived from the meeting.



1st June 1938
Page 298 - Vol. 45 No. 6 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
On 6th April Mr. C.A. Cinders gave a demonstration on Enlarging, using for the purpose the Club's new auto-focus machine.

Following this a competition was held for pictures taken on the Club’s recent Annual Outing. Mr. E.T. Robson, who was in charge of the meeting, recommended members to attend all field days held by the Club as the information and hints which they would pick up would be found most helpful. Conditions at the picnic were a little trying as the lighting was rather hard; however, several good pictures were displayed, besides several which were more in the nature of "happy snaps”. Mr. Robson’s chief criticism was that certain of the views lacked concentration of interest. The Champion picture was the work of Mr. H.A. McDonald, one of Mr. Robson’s pictures being runner-up.

A Competition for Flower Studies (which must have been taken out-of-doors) was held on 20th April. In view of the stipulation made, the speaker for the evening said that exhibitors must make a point of including some of the natural back ground of the plant, since in this case surroundings played an important part. On the other hand, it was not necessary to show a large expanse of countryside in which the flowers were almost lost to sight. A happy medium could be achieved by slight differential focusing, the final print not being too drastically trimmed. Mr. T.T. Salmon’s entry was awarded the Championship, Mr. H.A. McDonald being runner-up. During the evening a portfolio of pictures from Edinburgh was on display.



10th June 1938
Page 6 - Wanganui Chronicle, Volume 80, Issue 135
1st July 1938
Page 6 - Wanganui Chronicle, Volume 80, Issue 153

CAMERA CLUB TO VISIT CAPITAL
The Wanganui Camera Club, a most enterprising, body of both amateur and professional photographers, will be sending a large contingent to Wellington towards the end of July. In the capital city they will view the Royal Photographic Society Salon for 1938, and as 232 perfect prints will be on display a great amount of valuable data will be assimilated. It will be remembered that the Wellington Camera Club visited Wanganui recently.



25th July 1938
Page 11 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXVI, ISSUE 21

OBITUARY

MR. G.H. MCGILL

Mr. Charles Henry McGill, who was well known and very highly respected, not only in the Wellington district, but throughout Horowhenua, Manawatu, and Wairarapa, where he had many friends, died recently at his residence, Ellice Street, Wellington.

The late Mr. McGill, who was only fifty-five years of age, was the youngest son of the late Mr. and Mrs. William McGill, for a great many years well known residents of Wellington. Born in Timaru, he left there when three years of age, his parents taking up residence in Napier, where his father had the contract for the building of the breakwater. The family afterwards came to Wellington. Mr. McGill was educated at Mt. Cook School and Wellington College. On leaving college he entered the firm of Messrs. Bing, Harris, and Co., and after staying with this firm for some time entered into business on his own account. Recently he joined the staff of the State Advances Department, and remained in the Government's employ till the time of his death.

In his younger days Mr. McGill was a very fine cricketer, playing for the Union Club, and as a tennis player he represented both the Brougham Hill and Lyall Bay clubs. He was also an enthusiastic and popular bowler, besides being a keen follower of racing. He was a vice-President of the Society of Magicians. An excellent photographer, he was for some time chairman of the Wellington Camera Club. He was also a valued member of the Mt. Cook School Committee and Home and School Association, and a member of the Mokoia Masonic Lodge, and was identified with many other organizations.

Mr. McGill is survived by his widow (a daughter of Mr. and Mrs. E.T. Daniel, of Wellington), a daughter (Mrs. Kohe Webster), a son, Ruxton, a sister, Elizabeth, and brothers, George, Arthur, James, and Thomas.

The funeral, which was a large and very representative one, was conducted by the Rev. P.R. Paris. Many beautiful floral tributes were received.



1st August 1938
Page 402 - Vol. 45 No. 8 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
On the 1st June nearly one hundred pictures were displayed on the walls. From these it was the hard task of the Selection Committee to choose the twelve for the Annual New Zealand Inter-Club contest for the Bledisloe Cup. Mr. A.H. Eaton gave a brief criticism of each picture, his talk also embodying several useful hints on the preparation of exhibition prints from composition to titling.

During the King’s Birthday week-end, a party of twelve members of the Wellington Camera Club visited the newly formed Wanganui Club by car and had a most successful time. The Wanganui district was well covered and a good deal of film was usefully exposed. Under the low winter sun the countryside formed a pleasant change from Wellington’s hills and those who stopped by the way found that pictures composed themselves. The Wanganui Club is a most enthusiastic body and they enjoyed the portfolios of pictures which were taken up by our members. It is hoped that they will make up a party to visit Wellington during the showing of the Royal Photographic Society Exhibition at the beginning of August.

On 15th June a competition was held for Bird or Animal Studies.

CHAMPION PICTURE: BIRD OR ANIMAL STUDIES:

FIRST: Mr. J.T. Salmon ARPS

SECOND: Mr. P.R. Robertson

5th August 1938
Page 11 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXVI, ISSUE 31

PHOTOGRAPHIC ART
OUTSTANDING WORK
SOME OF BRITAIN'S BEST
Unusual and striking quality is displayed in the exhibition of photographs which will be on view to the public at the National Art Gallery from tomorrow onwards. The collection comprises between two and three hundred prints which formed the pictorial section of the Royal Photographic Society 1937 annual exhibition, and it is being shown throughout New Zealand and Australia under the auspices of the leading photographic societies (the Wellington Camera Club in the present instance) in association with Kodak (Australasia), Ltd. This is the first occasion on which a pictorial section of a Royal Photographic Society exhibition has been shown in the Dominion, and no doubt much interest will be displayed in the work of the world's leading photographic artists. The exhibition is to be opened this evening by her Excellency Lady Galway at a private view.

The photographs as a whole demonstrate the technical and artistic capabilities of not only Great Britain's photographers, for, judging by the names in the catalog, some of the exhibitors are from the United States or from the Continent of Europe. Hence it is justifiable to say that here is the work of some of the world's leading photographic artists. Many visitors to the exhibition will not pay much attention to the technical side of the work, although real photographers naturally will, but all will be interested in the pictorial aspect. A very wide range of subjects is covered, and although one may be tempted to wonder at times why time and energy was spent on some particularly unprepossessing subject, one cannot but admit the skill shown by the photographer. One, too, may be tempted to question the art of the photographer who imitates other art mediums instead of sticking to his own, for one sees in this collection prints finished to look like etchings, aquatints, or crayon drawings. From some points of view such photographs seem to be neither fish, flesh, nor fowl — they are neither photographs nor what they purport to imitate. That, however, is a matter of opinion, and there can be no question that the exhibition as a whole is extraordinarily interesting and stimulating. The ordinary amateur photographer who goes to it in order to gather, a hint or two about his hobby will, probably be tempted, after he has seen to what heights photography can be raised by the real expert, to sell all his photographic apparatus and give the proceeds to the poor. The gulf between the amateur exponent of the art of photography and the artists who have been responsible for the work in this exhibition is indeed a wide one. But the amateur probably gets as much, and very likely more, enjoyment out of his hobby, speculating whether his picture will "come out", as does the expert who turns out such polished productions with an almost mathematical certainty.

With so many photographs to choose from, it would be impossible to select any for special mention. All have some special merit: it may be the composition or the lighting. In some it is the contrast between light and shadow which makes the picture. In some instances the photographer has obviously been lucky in obtaining his picture, while in others there is evidence of well-thought-out arrangement. Some of the best of the photographic studies are the simplest. Appreciation of the photographs will vary according to the tastes of the viewer, but all, whatever their tastes in pictorial art, will find a visit to this exhibition well worth while.



6th AUGUST 1938
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXVI, ISSUE 32
10th AUGUST 1938
Page 2 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXVI, ISSUE 35

ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY

CORONATION EXHIBITION

WELLINGTON ART GALLERY

Now open to the public as follows, concluding on Thursday, August 18:

MONDAY TO SATURDAY — 10am to 5pm
SUNDAY, AUGUST 14 - 2pm to 5pm

And in addition on the following evening:

FRIDAY, AUGUST 12 - 7pm to 9.30pm

ADMISSION FREE

This showing consists of 232 Prize Exhibits, which comprise the
Pictorial Section of the
ROYAL PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Coronation Year Display in London.

Sponsored by

KODAK (NEW ZEALAND) LIMITED

Under the Auspices of the

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB

8th AUGUST 1938
Page 14 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXVI, ISSUE 33

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB

Lady Galway declaring the Royal Photographic Society Coronation Exhibition
open at the Art Gallery on Friday evening. Mr. A.S. Mitchell, President of the
Wellington Camera Club, under whose auspices the exhibition is being conducted,
is standing on one side of her Excellency and Mrs. Mitchell on the other.

13th August 1938
Page 8 - Wanganui Chronicle, Volume 80, Issue 190

CAMERA CLUB’S VISIT
Members of the Wanganui Camera Club will pay a visit to Wellington today for the purpose of viewing a wonderful collection of 232 prints, which comprise the pictorial section of the Royal Photographic Society 1937 Salon. The exhibition, which is on display at the Dominion Museum and Art Gallery, is being held under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club.



1st September 1938
Page 452 - Vol. 45 No. 9 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
On June 29th the meeting was divided into two parts, first a lecture and demonstration on Flash light Photography was given by Mr. K.G. Killoh, and second was an exhibition of gadgets by Mr. T.W. Rait and members. On display were all the latest accessories, and also many home-made substitutes and makeshifts used by members on their cameras and in their dark-rooms; these latter were subsequently explained by their owners.

The monthly competition held on 6th July was for night photographs taken out-of-doors.

CHAMPION PICTURE: NIGHT PHOTOGRAPHS:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. J.T. Salmon

On 20th July, Mr. Salmon gave a lecture under the title of "Photography in the Service of Science", accompanied by over one hundred slides showing nearly every use to which the camera is put in scientific, industrial and commercial spheres.



1st October 1938
Page 508 - Vol. 45 No. 10 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
An "Open" Competition was held on 3rd August, a large entry being submitted. It was, of course, scarcely fair to compare such different types of photographs as architectural studies, portraits, landscapes, still life, animal studies and marines. This difficulty was reflected in the results of the popular voting, as nearly every entry had at least one or two supporters.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. H.A. McDonald

A GRADE: OPEN:

FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. E.T. Robson

THIRD: Mr. J.T. Salmon

Several meetings were held at the Art Gallery during the month for the purpose of inspecting the Royal Photographic Society Exhibition. At one of these evenings Mr. A.H. Eaton reviewed the pictures on the wall, more or less from the point of view of composition, lighting and technique. It was indeed interesting to compare private opinions with those expressed by Mr. Eaton.

On 17th August the subject of the competition was set down as "Cloud Study”, but the entries were disappointingly small in number. This was, no doubt, due to the comparative difficulty of creating a worthwhile picture of a cloud, unsupported by a landscape. It was the opinion of Mr. McDonald that panchromatic film and a green filter gave the most truthful results, while orange or red hirers gave over-correction. A telephoto lens was also suggested as a useful accessory. Mr. E.T. Robson outlined the "black mirror” method of making cloud negatives for combination printing. For this a piece of plate glass, which had been evenly smoked on one side by a candle, was required. It was so held that the clouds in the selected part of the sky were reflected on the shiny side and could be photographed.



1st November 1938
Page 564 - Vol. 45 No. 11 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The annual general meeting was held on 21st September. That the past year had been a very bright one for the club was proved by the balance sheet and membership roll. Even after buying the new auto-focus enlarger and spending several pounds on extra books for the library we still showed a good surplus. The roll, which stood at 76 on August 31st 1937, was 137 at August 31st 1938, and is now 145 (including 10 country members), making our club amongst the largest south of the line.

The following officers were elected:

ELECTION OF OFFICERS 1938 - 1939								President Mr. J.T. SALMON ARPS
Vice President: Miss A.L. Welsby	Vice President: Miss Hannah Johnson	Vice President: Mr. A.S. Mitchell	Vice President: Mr. E.T. Robson	Vice President: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	Vice President: Mr. T.W. Rait	Vice President: Mr. A.H. Eaton	Vice President: Mr. L. Powell	HON.SECRETARY: Mr. H.A. McDonald	Hon. Treasurer: Mr. P.R. Robertson
Committee: Mr. J.W. Johnson	Committee: Mr. T.W. Rait	Committee: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	Committee: Mr. C. Jackson	Committee: Mr. C.J. Tustin	Committee: Mr. E.T. Robson	Hon. Editor Miss N.J. Janisch	Hon. Competition Secretary: Mr. R.E. Tretheway	Hon. Librarian: Mr. C.G. Smith	Hon. Auditor: Mr. N. Patchett
MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: COMPETITION RESULTS FOR THE YEAR:				B GRADE: COMPETITION RESULTS FOR THE YEAR:
FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald	SECOND: Mr. J.T. Salmon	FIRST: Mr. H.A. McDonald		SECOND: Mr. J.T. Salmon		FIRST: Mr. C. Jackson		SECOND: Mr. J. Kershaw

Many tributes were paid to the retiring President and retiring Hon.Secretary, who are largely responsible for the healthy position of the club.



1st December 1938  Page 615 - Vol. 45 No. 12 The Australasian Photo-Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A new system of judging competition entries was inaugurated in October to take the place of the "Popular Vote”. A panel of three judges (one of whom is changed from competition to competition) is appointed to examine and mark the prints and openly to criticize them. The basis of awarding points tentatively adopted was: Composition 20, Technique 20, Conception 20 and Presentation 10. The judges work independently and the three sets of marks are then averaged. During the criticism each speaker gives details of the points which he awarded, which system allows an exhibitor to see in what ways his entry has fallen short of the standard. As it was felt that the "Popular Vote”, though not comprehensive enough, was an attraction to members, this ballot is still held and the results are compared with the official marking. It is hoped that the new scheme, when one or two minor difficulties have been overcome, will considerably raise the standard of work submitted.

On 19th October Mr. J.W. Johnson gave a lantern lecture entitled, "Nooks, Corners and Open Spaces in Wellington”. Most of the slides had been prepared with a view to showing how a ray of sunlight could transform even ordinary round-about town scenes. Mr. K.S. Birrell showed a large number of color slides, processed by himself.



2nd December 1938
Page 8 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXVI, ISSUE 153

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There were 16 entries for the monthly competition at the Wellington Camera Club meeting on Wednesday. The subject was "Wharf Scene", and most of the exhibits reached a very high standard pictorially and technically. Results of the official judging were:

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. E.T. Robson

SECOND: Mr. H.F. McDonald

A GRADE: WHARF SCENE:

FIRST: Mr. E.T. Robson

SECOND: Mr. H.F. McDonald

THIRD: Mr. C. Jackson

B GRADE: WHARF SCENE:

FIRST: Mr. F.W. Lyon

SECOND: Mr. F.W. Lyon

It was admitted by each of the three judges that to secure an attractive composition on the wharves, without any lines leading out or a weak and light-toned base, was difficult, but it could be done. Early in the morning or late in the evening, especially in rather misty spring or autumn weather, was the time of day for the best lighting effects. Ships, cranes, rigging, and sails lent themselves generally to the more modern school of photography, that is to high or low angle shots in which the camera is pointed either up or down and a touch of drama is added by the use of a green or red filter.

A most important point was the title given to the finished picture, and when marking for conception the judges, looked first at the title and then at the print to see how well it had been carried out. Thus a carelessly chosen or clumsy title, which did not fit the scene, meant not only a loss of points but also was a definite handicap to any entry.

Six new members were elected during the evening, bringing the club roll up to 150. There have been several major changes in office-bearers recently, and the secretary can now be communicated with at Hatton Street, Karori.



16th December 1938
Page 15 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXVI, ISSUE 145

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The subject of the Wellington Camera Club monthly competition for December, "Architecture", brought a large entry. Also on display were several excellent architectural studies by Mr. J.W. Johnson.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. E.T. Robson

A GRADE: ARCHITECTURE:

FIRST: Mr. E.T. Robson

SECOND: Mr. J.T. Salmon

THIRD: Mr. J.T. Salmon

B GRADE: ARCHITECTURE:

FIRST: Mr. C.E. Singleton

SECOND: Mr. C.E. Singleton

THIRD: Mr. C.E. Singleton

The three judges, Messrs. J.W. Johnson, E.T. Robson, and C. Jackson, made a number of helpful suggestions. Mr. Jackson remarked that when large and lofty interiors were attempted, an impression of height and dignity could be conveyed by avoiding too restricted a viewpoint and by allowing sufficient foreground to give a feeling of solidity and security. Mr. Robson pointed out the disadvantages of placing the camera in such a position that the result would be symmetrical on each side, as, for instance, by pointing the lens down the center of an aisle in a church. A far more pleasing study could be obtained by standing slightly to one side. He also suggested that as long a focus lens as possible should be used, to avoid exaggerated perspective.

This meeting brought the club's activities for the year to a close. The first meeting in 1939 will be held on 18th January, when it is hoped to exhibit a portfolio of work by prominent New Zealand photographers.



1st January 1939
age 29 - Vol. 46 No. 1 The Australasian Photographic Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The subject of the Wellington Camera Club November competition, "Scene by Actual Moonlight”, was not a popular one, the number of entries submitted being small.

Exposures given ranged from ten seconds at f/4.5 to ten minutes at f/8 on panchromatic film, l/25th of a second being considered sufficient for the moon alone. To retain the soft quality of the moonlight, a slightly misty night, with a faint halo round the moon, was ideal. A rather interesting discussion took place, following the suggestion of Mr. J.T. Salmon (President) that, as a club, it might be rather inclined to make too much of composition. This view coincided with the general opinion of members, though it was conceded that the new system of awarding points and criticizing entries (by a panel of three judges) prevented pictures being dismissed with an airy wave of the hand because they did not happen to possess an inverted triangle, S-curve, or some other established form of composition.

On November 16th a very practical demonstration was given by Mr. Chapman-Taylor, whose subject was "The After-Treatment of Negatives”.

CHAMPIONSHIP Mr. A. Brotherhood from "B" GRADE

FIRST - A GRADE Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

FIRST - B GRADE Mr. A. Brotherhood

7th FEBRUARY 1939
Page 16 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXVII, ISSUE 31

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was a large attendance at the meeting of the Wellington Camera Club last week, ten new members being admitted. At the beginners session, Mr. R.E. Tretheway gave a talk on Elementary Composition, illustrated with a large number of drawings. He explained the effect on the beholder of such lines" in a picture as the vertical (dignity and power), the zig-zag (activity), the S-curve (suggestion) and the horizontal (peace) and also dealt with the various forms of composition — the triangle, the circle, the oblong, and the square. In all cases, he said, the principal object and the horizontal line must not be placed in the center or so that they would cut the picture space into equal portions; nor should the center of interest be too near the sides or top of the print.

Over thirty entries were submitted for the landscape competition, the pictures being representative of nearly every type of scenery. Tree studies predominated and in many there was a very fine atmosphere quality.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. H.F. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. C. Jackson Mr. E.T. Robson

A GRADE: LANDSCAPE:

FIRST: Mr. H.F. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. C. Jackson Mr. E.T. Robson

B GRADE: LANDSCAPE:

FIRST: Mr. C.E. Singleton

SECOND: Mr. F.W. Lyon

2nd MARCH 1939
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXVII, ISSUE 51

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Twenty-two pictures, with subjects ranging from the inside of a homely kitchen to the interiors of lofty cathedrals and museums, were entered for the Wellington Camera Club competition for architecture.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

SECOND: Mr. H.F. McDonald

A GRADE: ARCHITECTURE:

FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor

SECOND: Mr. H.F. McDonald

THIRD: Mr. C.E. Singleton

B GRADE: ARCHITECTURE:

FIRST: Mr. C.J. Tustin

SECOND: Mr. C.J. Tustin

At the beginners session. Mr. T.W. Rait gave a demonstration on tank development of negatives, which he preceded by a short explanation of the action of light on the film and the different types of developers available.

During the evening Mr. K.G. Killon, late secretary of the club, was entertained on the occasion of his trip abroad. The President, Mr. J.T. Salmon, in wishing him good luck with the camera during his holiday, made him a presentation of various photographic accessories.



1st April 1939
Page 185 - Vol. 46 No. 4 The Australasian Photo-Review

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The subject chosen for the February competition, "New Zealand Flower Study", revealed that fine Photographs can be made of most of the blossoms of this Dominion’s native plants and shrubs.

The champion picture was Mr. J.T. Salmon’s "Mountain Buttercups”, a flower not often seen by city dwellers, while a spray of Rata, taken by Mr. C. Jackson was runner-up for the championship. Among the more popular subjects were the Manuka Kowhai, Pohutukawa and Kaka Beak. The perfectly formed waxen cups of the Manuka lend themselves to photography; one study in which the blossoms had been greatly enlarged was admired by many who confessed that hitherto they had had no conception of the beauty of this flower, so insignificant in the mass.

In some cases the judges suggested that the picture space was overcrowded with too many full blown blooms. At this stage in their life-cycle one flower is very like the next, unless variations are introduced by skillful lighting and arrangement, so that some are seen from the front and others in profile. In this respect we can learn a good deal from the Japanese, who very seldom use more than three or four flowers in a group. Of these probably one will be a tight bud, one just opening, and perhaps two will be fully out. Strong frontal or back lighting is seldom satisfactory for this type of work. A calm day, when light clouds obscure the sun, will be found ideal if, as was the stipulation in this case, the photograph is to be made outdoors. It is usually advisable to give some hint to the viewer of the natural habitat of the flowers depicted For instance, there should be some suggestions of rocks in a photograph of any of the tiny, hardy plants found in the mountains. The finest natural back ground is the sky, but if intruding branches or twigs are troublesome a piece of black, green or pink velvet held behind the spray will help to isolate the blossoms.



14th APRIL 1939
Page 12 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXVII, ISSUE 87

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Some thirty prints were entered for the Wellington Camera Club monthly competition, when seascape was the set subject. In most cases the sea was shown in a calm and peaceful mood. It is, of course, more difficult, from all points of view, to record to advantage a curling line of breakers or the smother of foam and spray to be seen when waves are dashing against a rocky coast.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. H.F. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. C. Singleton

A GRADE: SEASCAPE:

FIRST: Mr. H.F. McDonald

SECOND: Mr. C. Singleton

B GRADE: SEASCAPE:

FIRST: Mr. K.S. Birrell

SECOND: Mr. F.W. Lyon

THIRD: Mr. C.W. Clift

29th APRIL 1939
Page 4 - POVERTY BAY HERALD, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 19924

WINTER SHOW
CAMERA CLUB EXHIBIT
An outstanding feature of the Show will be the display offered by the Gisborne Camera Club. A highlight of this exhibit will be a collection of 120 camera studies on loan from the Wellington Camera Club, an exhibit which created great interest when shown at the Wellington and Palmerston North Shows.



2nd MAY 1939
Page 4 - POVERTY BAY HERALD, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 19926

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Poverty Bay Winter Show, which will open to-morrow evening in the Gisborne Sheepfarmers Frozen, Meat and Mercantile Company’s wool store in Nesbitt road, promises to be one of the most successful the association has yet staged.

One of the features of the Show will be a display by the Gisborne Camera Club, which has secured 120 photographs from the secretary of the Wellington Camera Club, who took them on a recent tour of Europe. These photographs are of great interest, and attracted much attention when shown in Wellington and Palmerston North. In addition, there will be from 40 to 50 photographs taken by Gisborne club members, who have covered a variety of subjects.



13th MAY 1939
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXVII, ISSUE 111

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Portraiture is probably the most popular subject with amateur photographers the world over, and there was a large number of excellent entries in the Wellington Camera Club portrait competition held recently.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: PORTRAIT:			B GRADE: PORTRAIT:
FIRST: Mr. F.W. Lyon	SECOND: Mr. H.F. McDonald	FIRST: Mr. H.F. McDonald	SECOND: Mr. E.T. Robson	THIRD: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor	FIRST: Mr. F.W. Lyon	SECOND: Mr. L. Southward	THIRD: Mr. N. Hodson

Mr. Earle Andrew ARPS, who was one of the judges for the competition, followed up his recent demonstration on lighting in portraiture by commenting on the pictures and making helpful suggestions. In photographing a baby or a child, he advised members not to go so close that only a large head was visible in the viewfinder. This would lead to unpleasant distortion of the features. Mr. Andrew was in favor of including the hands in such pictures, which was also the view of Mr. Chapman-Taylor, who remarked that the background and the hands, if properly used and not too assertive, could each give some indication of the sitter's character and habits. The background should not be so totally devoid of detail and gradation that the person's head appeared to be floating in space. On the other hand, of course, a strongly patterned background could effectively "kill" a portrait.

Mr. J.W. Johnson's advice to photographers was to see that the subject was comfortably seated before the camera, otherwise a rather strained expression was bound to appear.



20th JUNE 1939
Page 15 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXVII, ISSUE 143

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There was another excellent entry in the Wellington Camera Club monthly competition, held recently. The subject was "Animal Study", which embraced also birds and insects. Ten prints were entered in the A grade and nineteen in the B grade.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:		A GRADE: ANIMAL STUDY:			B GRADE: ANIMAL STUDY:
FIRST: Mr. L. Southward	SECOND: Mr. H.F. McDonald	FIRST: Mr. H.F. McDonald	SECOND: Mr. J.T. Salmon	THIRD: Mr. C.S. Singleton	FIRST: Mr. L. Southward	SECOND: Mr. L. Southward	THIRD: Mr. L. Southward

Mr. Southward's photographs of the tiger at the Wellington Zoo and the head of an Alsatian dog were considered to be among the best portraits of animals ever displayed in one of the club's competitions.

The judges had very little to say of a derogatory nature about any of the prints. In one or two cases a rather "spotty" background detracted a little from the animal shown, but for the most part this important point had received attention. The majority of the pictures were of domestic pets and the photographer had endeavored to show the animal in its natural surroundings and in a characteristic position.



18th AUGUST 1939
Page 13 - GISBORNE HERALD, VOLUME LXVI, ISSUE 20019

CAMERA CLUB
WELLINGTON SCHEME
INTERNATIONAL SALON
The fortnightly meeting of the Gisborne Camera Club was held on Tuesday evening, the President, Mr. R.R. Baldrey, taking the chair.

The secretary, Mr. N.M. Dallas, read a letter received from the Wellington Camera Club, advising that the New Zealand Centennial Exhibition Company was sponsoring an international salon of photography to mark the Dominion’s first hundred years of progress. This was to be held under the auspices of the Wellington Camera Club, between 31st January and 28th February. There would be three classes of exhibits receivable, namely pictorial, natural history and scientific prints, and commercial press and color prints. A prospectus covering the salon was about to be printed, but as it was thought there might be some delay in distributing these, it was decided to notify all clubs in advance. The Gisborne Camera Club decided to await the arrival of the prospectus before selecting any entries.



22nd AUGUST 1939
Page 4 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXVIII, ISSUE 45

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The trophy donated by Mr. A.H. Eaton for the best photograph illustrating the set subject, "The Common Task", was won by Mr. E.T. Robson, at the recent fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. Mr. Robson's winning print was outstanding among the entries submitted, which were themselves all of a high standard. The judges, Messrs. J.W. Johnson and G. Perry, had little fault to find with any of the pictures from the standpoint of composition, technique, and presentation. Each exhibitor afterwards related his experiences with lighting and arrangement, and it was obvious that the subject presented several special difficulties. The donor of the cup had stipulated that the tasks should all have a domestic flavor and consequently the majority of the pictures were made in kitchens, where cramped accommodation and worrying backgrounds taxed photographic skill to the utmost.

MONTHLY WINNERS CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:

FIRST: Mr. E.T. Robson

SECOND: Mr. H. Markham

A GRADE: THE COMMON TASK:

FIRST: Mr. E.T. Robson

SECOND: Mr. H. Markham

THIRD: Mr. H.F. McDonald

4th NOVEMBER 1939
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXVIII, ISSUE 109

PHOTOGRAPHIC ART

ANNUAL COMPETITION FOR THE

BLEDISLOE CUP

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB

Members kindly be present at a Private viewing

to be held at 7.30pm on TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 14,
at the Dominion Museum, Buckle Street.

18th JANUARY 1940
Page 10 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIX, ISSUE 15

A SPLENDID SHOW
PHOTOGRAPHIC SALON
Sixteen countries have contributed to what is described as the finest collection of photographs ever seen in New Zealand, for the second New Zealand International Salon of Photography, which will be open to the public at the Exhibition from 31st January to 28th February. The first salon was held at the Dunedin Exhibition of 1925-26. The judges have been busy for several days inspecting the large number of prints, and have selected 423. The chairman of the board, Mr. George Chance FRPS, of Dunedin, considers the collection, the finest ever shown in the Southern Hemisphere.

Characteristic styles distinguish the different countries, and examples of every photographic method have been received from many of the masters of photographic art of the world. Because of the very high standard, awards for special merit have been made in excess of those originally provided for. Two New Zealanders have gained awards.

The board of judges is as follows: Mr. George Chance FRPS (Dunedin), Mr. W.C. Davies, Hon. FRPS (Nelson), and Mr. Spencer Digby, Mr. A.H. Eaton, Mr. G.W. Perry, and Mr. J.T. Salmon M.Sc, ARPS (all of Wellington).

The list of awards is as follows:

SECTION I: PORTRAIT CLASS:			LANDSCAPE AND GENERAL CLASS:			SECTION II: NATURAL HISTORY AND SCIENTIFIC:		SECTION III: ADVERTISING AND COMMERCIAL:	COLOR PHOTOGRAPHY:
SILVER MEDAL: Dr Julian Smith Melbourne	BRONZE MEDAL: Dr. Julian Smith Melbourne	BRONZE MEDAL: H.E. Gaze FRPS Hamilton, New Zealand	SILVER MEDAL: Mr. Alex. Keighley England	BRONZE MEDAL: Mr. Eric W. Bierre Australia	BRONZE MEDAL: Mr. J.B. Eaton Victoria	SILVER MEDAL: R.J. Smith ARPS Wellington	BRONZE MEDAL: Mr. H. Monroe Baker United States of America	BRONZE MEDAL: Mr. Harold Cazneaux Australia	SILVER MEDAL: Mr. R. Cleland Sydney

Mr. R.J. Smith ARPS, Wellington, was a former member of the photographic staffs of "The Dominion", "Weekly News", and the "New Zealand Herald". He has exhibited at the Royal Photographic Society annual exhibition in London and also in France and South Africa.

Mr. H.E. Gaze FRPS, Hamilton, is one of New Zealand's best-known portrait photographers.

The Salon has been arranged by the Wellington Camera Club, of which Mr. H. Farmer McDonald is organizing secretary.



19th JANUARY 1940
Page 3 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME LXXI, ISSUE 16
20th JANUARY 1940
Page 16 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23479
Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 24021
Page 9 - Nelson Evening Mail, Volume LXXIII
Page 9 - New Zealand Herald, Volume LXXVII, Issue 23559
Page 7 - Waikato Times, Volume 126, Issue 21017
23rd JANUARY 1940
Page 14 - PRESS, VOLUME LXXVI, ISSUE 22925
24th JANUARY 1940
Page 2 - Wanganui Chronicle, Volume 84, Issue 20

WORLD INTEREST

PHOTOGRAPHIC ART

SALON IN WELLINGTON

TWO NEW ZEALAND AWARDS
[BY TELEGRAPH — OWN CORRESPONDENT] WELLINGTON. This Day
The finest collection of photographs ever seen in New Zealand will be on display at the Centennial Exhibition from January 31st to February 28th. This will form the second New Zealand International Salon of Photography and the standard of work is particularly high, entries having been received from 16 countries. It has been arranged by the Wellington Camera Club, of which Mr. H. Farmer McDonald is organizing secretary.

The chairman of judges, Mr. George Chance FRPS, Dunedin, said to-day that the collection was the finest ever on view in the Southern Hemisphere. The first New Zealand Salon of Photography was held in conjunction with the New Zealand and South Seas Exhibition of 1925-26 in Dunedin. There are no fewer than 16 countries represented and each has studies of a characteristic style. Examples of every photographic method have been received from many of the world's master photographic artists, and for some days the board of judges have been occupied inspecting the many hundreds of prints received in order to make their final selection, which comprises 423 prints.

NEW ZEALANDERS SUCCESS
Because of the very high standard awards for special merit have been made in excess of what was originally provided for. Two New Zealanders gained awards in the salon, a particularly meritorious performance in view of the high standard and international competition.

A silver medal has been awarded in the natural history and scientific section to R.J. Smith ARPS, Wellington, and a bronze medal to H.E. Gaze FRPS, Hamilton, in the portrait class.

The Board of Judges is as follows: Messrs. W.C. Davies Hon. FRPS (Nelson), Spencer Digby, A.H. Eaton, G.W. Perry and J.T. Salmon M.Sc., ARPS (all of Wellington).



20th JANUARY 1940
Page 9 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME LXXVII, ISSUE 23559

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PHOTOGRAPHY SALON
CENTENNIAL COMPETITION
NEW ZEALANDERS SUCCESS
[BY TELEGRAPH — OWN CORRESPONDENT] WELLINGTON. Friday
The finest collection of photographs ever seen in New Zealand will be on display at the Centennial Exhibition from January 31st to February 28th. This will form the second New Zealand International Salon of Photography and the standard of work is particularly high, entries having been received from 16 countries. It has been arranged by the Wellington Camera Club.

Hundreds of prints have been recently inspected by the board of judges, whose final selection numbered 423. In view of the high standard and international competition, the success of two New Zealanders in gaining awards in the salon was particularly meritorious. A silver medal has been awarded in the natural history and scientific section to Mr. R.J. Smith, of Wellington, and a bronze medal to Mr. H.E. Gaze, of Hamilton, in the portrait class.



1st FEBRUARY 1940
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIX, ISSUE 27

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
There are many signs that the great show at Rongotai is, in fact, coming into its own.

PHOTOGRAPHY SALON
Early in the evening interest centered in the official opening of the International Salon of Photography by the general manager of the Exhibition, Mr. C.P. Hainsworth. It is a collection of the best photographic efforts of many countries, remarkable in several ways. The quality of the exhibits is outstanding. Only those who know the limitations of the art can appreciate some of the triumphs hung there. There is a notable trend in the best of the work towards a low key in tones. With the exception of three or four wonderful examples of high-key work, the bulk of a remarkable selection relies on contrasts skilfully obtained in very heavily printed subjects. This is especially true of the best of the bromoils. It is a selection which does credit to the judges, who were forced to reduce the exhibits to some 400 examples. Well lit, and exceedingly interesting to all, even to those, who know nothing of photography, this display should not be missed. It lies at the back of the Maori Court. It is sponsored by the Wellington Camera Club.

Mr. J.W. Salmon ARPS, M.Sc, President of the Wellington Camera Club, said that for the second time in a few years visitors had the opportunity of seeing an exhibition of international photography. The pictorial section of the 1938 Royal Photographic Society in London had been seen throughout New Zealand. He thanked the Exhibition Company for its generous response and help. Catalogs would be forthcoming forthwith.



2nd FEBRUARY 1940
Page 10 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 23490

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PRIZE PHOTOGRAPHY DISPLAY AT EXHIBITION

     

Messrs H.F. M'Donald and J.T. Salmon, M.Sc., ARPS, secretary and President respectively of the Wellington Camera Club, which has been responsible for the organizing of the International Salon of Photography recently opened at the Centennial Exhibition. The study they are examining is "Old Bill", by Dr Julian Smith FRPS, Melbourne

22nd FEBRUARY 1940
Page 13 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIX, ISSUE 45
23rd FEBRUARY 1940
Page 2 - Nelson Evening Mail, Volume LXXIII
26th FEBRUARY 1940
Page 6 - Timaru Herald, Volume CXLVIII, Issue 21588

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. J.W. Johnson, late of Petone, and now of Tahunanui, Nelson, has received advice from the council of the Royal Photographic Society that he has been elected an associate of the society. Mr. Johnson has for many years been an enthusiastic amateur photographer and has received over 300 awards, including four gold medals, for pictorial photography. He has exhibited at the international exhibitions of Belgium, Los Angeles, Melbourne, and elsewhere, the Royal Society's galleries, London, and most of the English and Scottish exhibitions, and at the art galleries of Auckland, Dunedin, and Christchurch, as well as the Centennial Exhibition, Wellington. He was the first in New Zealand to demonstrate natural color photography by the tricolor carbon method. He has also given demonstrations in the latest printing processes. Mr. Johnson has been a member of the Wellington Camera Club for over 25 years, and was elected a life member in 1934.



2nd MARCH 1940
Page 8 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXIX, ISSUE 53

WELLINGTON SKETCH CLUB
At the last meeting of the Wellington Sketch Club, Mr. C.T. Laugesen gave helpful criticism on beginners work, suggesting where improvements might be made. It was announced that more than 150 pictures had been received for exhibition at the sketch club centennial exhibition, to be held at the Centennial Exhibition in the space recently vacated by the Wellington Camera Club near the Maori house. A private opening by Professor James Shelley will be held on Wednesday, March 6 and the exhibition will be open to the public on Saturday 9th March.



9th AUGUST 1941
Page 5 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXXII, ISSUE 35

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Some very fine work is displayed by the Wellington Camera Club in the Public Library. "Autumn" is a large pastelled woodland landscape, well balanced and effectively tinted, with an enticing peep of distance. A magnolia spray in oil toning is another well colored subject. "Fairie" represents a ballet tripping daintily down the petal of an open lily. Raindrops on the petals add a novel touch. This is an airily delicate effort. There is a good selection of portraits, including "The Curio", a Chinese lady, and two Maori studies, "Memories", an old face framed by dark tresses looking at a life that is past, and "Maori Chief". The landscape studies are excellent. They include "Forests Fading," with a bushman's hat in the foreground, and with smoke and haze partially dimming a ridge from which most of the bush has gone, and "The Hut Dad and Mum Built", a Stokes Valley study. Still life is handled well in a variety of subjects, the most striking being "Eggs". The thermal regions have been well dealt with, and there are some good Hutt Valley selections.



14th MARCH 1942
EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXXIII, ISSUE 62

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
MEMBERS please note that the Meeting scheduled for Monday 16th March, will not be held. Place and date of next meeting will be advised by the issue of a "D and E".

W. PEARCE
HON.SECRETARY:



10th AUGUST 1942
Page 3 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXXIV, ISSUE 35
Page 4 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME LXXIII, ISSUE 187
Page 2 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 24269
Page 5 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME 79, ISSUE 24349
Page 2 - Waikato Times, Volume 131, Issue 21803
11th AUGUST 1942
Page 2 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 24991
Page 5 - New Zealand Herald, Volume 79, Issue 24349
13th AUGUST 1942
Page 4 - Manawatu Times, Volume 67, Issue 192

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club has been placed first in this year's annual competition for the Bledisloe Cup, with 1027 points, Auckland came second with 960, then Christchurch 948, Dunedin 884, and Waikato 828. The contest is held each year among camera clubs throughout the Dominion, each club supplying a set of twelve prints.

The picture which received the highest individual marks this year is one entitled "Jack Ashore", exhibited by H. Farmer McDonald, of the Wellington Camera Club.



1st DECEMBER 1942
Page 4 - NORTHERN ADVOCATE
Page 4 - GISBORNE HERALD, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 20955
Page 3 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 24366
Page 2 - Nelson Evening Mail, Volume 77
Page 4 - Waikato Times, Volume 131, Issue 21899
2nd DECEMBER 1942
PRESS, VOLUME LXXVIII, ISSUE 23810
Page 8 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 25088
Page 4 - GISBORNE HERALD, VOLUME LXIX, ISSUE 20956
Page 4 - PRESS, VOLUME LXXVIII, ISSUE 23810
Page 4 - MANAWATU STANDARD, VOLUME LXIII, ISSUE 3
3rd DECEMBER 1942
Page 4 - Manawatu Times, Volume 67, Issue 286

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
WINS BLEDISLOE CUP
The Bledisloe Cup, awarded annually to camera clubs and photographic societies in New Zealand, has been won by the Wellington Camera Club. Highest points gained by a Wellington exhibitor, H. Farmer McDonald, total 94. for a character study. The exhibits will be on view in Auckland for a fortnight.



1st DECEMBER 1942  Page 4 - AUCKLAND STAR, VOLUME LXXIII, ISSUE 284

CAMERA STUDIES
BLEDISLOE CUP
ART GALLERY EXHIBITION
Camera studies for the Bledisloe Cup, the annual competition for camera clubs and photographic societies in New Zealand, are at present on view at the Auckland Art Gallery. The exhibition was informally opened on Sunday, members of the Auckland Camera Club and other interested members of the public being present.

The cup this year was won by the Wellington Camera Club, and the highest marks were awarded a Wellington exhibitor. Mr. H. Farmer McDonald, who gained 94 points for a lively and original study, "Jack Ashore".

The standard of work has been maintained remarkably well under war conditions. A fair proportion of the members of the different clubs are on service overseas, others have little time for their hobby, and the difficulty of obtaining materials is continually increasing.

Nevertheless, some original and imaginative work is shown. Landscapes and seascapes as usual predominate, but the portraits, although in a minority, are vigorous and arresting in treatment.

The Auckland Camera Club has won the cup on five occasions during the eight years it has been presented. Each club may send in 12 prints and no more than two prints may be exhibited by one photographer. The points for each club are then counted and the cup is awarded the club with the highest total.

The exhibition will be open for about a fortnight. As always, the remarks of the judges are typed on the bottom of each print, adding to the interest for those viewing the exhibits.



2nd DECEMBER 1942  Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME 79, ISSUE 24446

PHOTOGRAPHIC ART
Entries made by camera clubs and photographic societies of New Zealand in the annual competition for the Bledisloe Cup are on view at the Auckland Art Gallery in an exhibition that will last for a fortnight. This year the cup, which has been held by the Auckland Camera Club in five of the eight years since its presentation, was won by the Wellington Camera Club. An interesting feature is that the judges criticisms are attached to the foot of each print.



19th OCTOBER 1943
Page 2 - NEW ZEALAND HERALD, VOLUME 80, ISSUE 24718

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
PHOTOGRAPHIC COMPETITION
Prints entered for the annual competition among New Zealand camera clubs are at present on view in the Art Gallery.

The competition was won by Wellington, with 1055 points out of a possible 1200. Christchurch, Auckland, Waikato, Southland and Dunedin followed in that order.

The champion print, by F.L. Casbolt ARPS, of Christchurch, is a dramatic group of a man, woman and infant child, and bears the title, "Whither?" All classes of subject are included in the exhibition, and there are some particularly vigorous landscapes.



27th NOVEMBER 1943
Page 9 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXXVI, ISSUE 129

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
BLEDISLOE CUP COMPETITION, 1943
A DISPLAY of Pictorial Photographs entered by Camera Clubs throughout New Zealand for the New Zealand Inter-Club Bledisloe Cup Competition will be on public view in the Central Public Library, from 27th November to 11th December 1943.

W. PEARCE
HON.SECRETARY:



11th MARCH 1944
Page 9 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXXVII, ISSUE 60

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The Wellington Camera Club has opened its year's activities with a membership approaching 200. In commenting on this growing interest in photography, the President, Mr. C.E. Singleton, points out the evident necessity of a worth-while hobby towards maintaining mental health and cheerfulness.

The landscape and seascape competition for the Singleton Cup attracted an entry of over 50 prints of very high standard, from which Mr. H. Farmer MacDonald's picture "Obeisance to the Sun" was selected as the winner. Mr. C.E. Singleton was the judge. This competition was followed by one for "hands", and the judge, Mr. Chapman-Taylor.

LANDSCAPE AND SEASCAPE COMPETITION FOR SINGLETON CUP:	A GRADE: LANDSCAPE AND SEASCAPE:			B GRADE: LANDSCAPE AND SEASCAPE:	MONTHLY WINNER CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP:	A GRADE: HANDS:		B GRADE: HANDS:
FIRST: Mr. H. Farmer MacDonald	FIRST: Mr. H. Farmer MacDonald	SECOND: Mr. J.H. Salmond ARPS	THIRD: Mr. E.J. Robson	FIRST: J.H. Thomas	FIRST: Mr. C.E. Singleton	FIRST: Mr. C.E. Singleton	SECOND: Mr. C.E. Singleton	FIRST: Mr. J.H. Thomas

28th OCTOBER 1944
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXXVIII, ISSUE 103

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
NEW ZEALAND INTER-CLUB COMPETITION
BLEDISLOE CUP

CLUB members and the general public are advised that an Exhibition of Pictorial Photographs entered by New Zealand Camera Clubs for the Bledisloe Cup Competition is now on view in the Central Public Library, Mercer Street.

W. PEARCE
HON.SECRETARY
WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB



2nd MARCH 1945
EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXXIX, ISSUE 52

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At a recent meeting of the Wellington Camera Club; Messrs. J.W. Chapman-Taylor, G.W. Perry, and H.F. McDonald spoke on "How I Make My Pictures", illustrating their remarks with samples of their work. All speakers agreed that it was the thought that made the picture. The camera, laws of composition, and technique were only the mechanical tools used to record that thought. The President, Mr. Singleton, welcomed the visitors.



20th MARCH 1945
EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXXIX, ISSUE 67

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At a recent meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, Mr. P. Billing judged the competition, "Pictures Taken in Wellington Zoo".

PICTURES TAKEN IN WELLINGTON ZOO Mr. CUTLER'S TROPHY - CHAMPION PRINT Mr. C. Thomson "Feathered Drill"

The "photo-micrography" competition had many entries. They were criticized from a scientific viewpoint by Mr. C. Cutler, G.C.V.M., F.A.S., and sent to Professor Richardson to be judged.



18th APRIL 1945
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXXIX, ISSUE 91

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
At a recent meeting of the Wellington Camera Club the subject for competition was a photograph taken at the club's annual outing to Paremata. Mr. J.H. Thomas, the judge chose Mr. H.F. McDonald's high key picture, as the champion from a large number of entries. Professor L.A. Richardson judged, from a scientific point of view, the photo-micrography section of a previous competition. Mr. G. Meredith was the winner and was awarded the trophy presented by Mr. Cutler, G.C.V.M., F.A.S.

ANNUAL OUTING to PAREMATA Mr. H.F. McDonald "Little White Boat"

PHOTO-MICROGRAPHY SECTION TROPHY PRESENTED by Mr. CUTLER, G.C.V.M., F.A.S. Mr. G. Meredith "Eelskin"

3rd MAY 1945
Page 9 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXXIX, ISSUE 103

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
The subject of the competition at the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club was "Work". The judge, Mr. J.W. Johnson ARPS, awarded the championship.

CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP: MONTHLY WINNER "WORK" FIRST: Flying Officer E. Bradwell "The Jeweller"

During the general discussion one speaker remarked that the standard of entries had not lowered through scarcity of photographic material. It was an advantage to members to have to restrain themselves to the one type of thing needed. The poverty of material had sometimes led to invention.



14th MAY 1945
Page 7 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXXIX, ISSUE 112

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A large number of pictures were displayed at the last meeting of the Wellington Camera Club, when the subject of the competition was "Portrait, Character, and Figure Study". Portraits were in the majority, especially in the B grade.

CLUB CHAMPIONSHIP: MONTHLY WINNER "PORTRAIT, CHARACTER, AND FIGURE STUDY" FIRST: Mr. A. Warren "Condemned"

26th MAY 1945
Page 9 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXXIX, ISSUE 123

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
On the walls of the Wellington Camera Club at a recent meeting were about 70 prints, from which were to be selected 12 to form the club's entry for the Bledlsloe Cup. Photography in all its phases was represented, but the most popular was landscape, and portraiture. The speakers for the evening were Messrs. G.W. Perry, H. Farmer McDonald, and J.T. Salmon, who commented on the pictures and gave hints for improving technical and pictorial quality.



20th JUNE 1945
Page 8 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXXXIX, ISSUE 144

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
Mr. Salmon, M.Sc, ARPS, lectured on "Films, Lenses, Filters, and Papers" at a recent meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. With lantern slides he demonstrated the faults of lenses, and showed the difference that colored filters made to the photographing of a scene. He spoke of emulsions of films, and showed the correct use of fast films. Exhibiting his own prints, he spoke of the various kinds of papers in use, and the right use of each. At the conclusion of his lecture Mr. Salmon answered questions.



5th JULY 1945
Page 9 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXL, ISSUE 4

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
A child study was the competition at the fortnightly meeting of the Wellington Camera Club. Mr. Singleton judged the numerous entries in both A and B grades. Criticizing the prints, he said that a profile was not the most pleasant way of taking a portrait; profiles were improved by showing a little of the other side of the face. The body should also be turned. All peculiar angles were unattractive, a bad one being looking up the nostrils. The landscape shape, the horizontal oblong, was not the best for a portrait, which needed an up-and-down shape, the vertical oblong. The winner of the competition, Mr. H.W. Markham. was presented with the Woolworth Cup for child study.

MONTHLY WINNER PRESENTED WITH THE "WOOLWORTH CUP": "CHILD STUDY" FIRST: Mr. H.W. Markham

18th AUGUST 1945
Page 2 and 12 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXL, ISSUE 42
22nd AUGUST 1945
Page 2 and 8 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXL, ISSUE 45

GAIETY CLUB CARNIVAL
A demonstration of the making of pottery will be one of the high lights, at the carnival which opens at the Gaiety Club tomorrow night. Other attractions will be a photographic display by the Wellington Camera Club, and an exhibition of fencing. On Friday night there will be a quiz conducted by Mr. Maurice Hawken.



29th SEPTEMBER 1945
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXL, ISSUE 78

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
SOCIAL EVENING
CLUB Members and Friends are reminded that the Social Evening recently Postponed will now be held on Monday 1st October, in the Club Rooms, 40 Waring Taylor Street.

W. PEARCE
HON.SECRETARY



8th NOVEMBER 1945
Page 6 - EVENING POST, VOLUME CXL, ISSUE 112

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
INTERCLUB COMPETITION 1945
Club Members and all interested in pictorial photography are advised that the entries of the seven competing clubs are on EXHIBITION at the CENTRAL PUBLIC LIBRARY, until November 17th.

The Third Meeting in the series "Indoor Portraiture" will be held in the Club Rooms, 40 Waring Taylor St., Monday 12th November.

W. PEARCE
HON.SECRETARY



31st AUGUST 1946
Page 6 - EVENING STAR, ISSUE 25885
Page 4 - Ashburton Guardian, Volume 66, Issue 274
Page 6 - Northern Advocate
2nd SEPTEMBER 1946
Page 4 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 26246
Page 7 - Press, Volume LXXXII, Issue 24969
Page 8 - Gisborne Herald, Volume LXXIII, Issue 22115
4th SEPTEMBER 1946
Page 7 - Hutt News, Volume 20, Issue 14

BLEDISLOE CUP
WELLINGTON PHOTOGRAPHIC CLUB
A Wellington Association message states that the Wellington Camera Club is this year’s winner of the Bledisloe Cup for photography. Mr G.W. Perry submitted the picture gaining the most marks. It is the second time he has won the individual championship. Since the Bledisloe Cup was first competed for in 1932, the Wellington Camera Club has won it four times, and has otherwise been consistently in second place.



3rd NOVEMBER 1948
Page 7 - HUTT NEWS, VOLUME XII, ISSUE 21

WELLINGTON CAMERA CLUB
CAMERA CLUB'S COMPETITION
A study of the Hutt River from Silverstream bridge, by Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor, has been awarded the A Grade Cup in the annual competition of the Wellington Camera Club.

MONTHLY WINNER PRESENTED WITH THE "MCGILL CUP": ANNUAL COMPETITION FIRST: Mr. J.W. Chapman-Taylor "Song of Night"

21st MARCH 1950
Page 7 - OTAGO DAILY TIMES, ISSUE 27344

PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
Mr. Carl Dickson presided over a large attendance at the New Zealand Inter-Club photographic exhibition held in the society’s clubrooms. In this competition, the Wellington Camera Club gained the highest award and also produced the champion picture. In conjunction with the exhibition, Mr. Woolman gave a short talk on the work, in which he emphasized the need for photographers to aim high in their work, and not be content to produce only good records. In his opinion, he remarked, the judges had, in some instances, been rather too critical. They had marked down several pictures on composition faults, and had apparently ignored the creative work of the exhibitor. Most of the work was of a high standard, and the Wellington Camera Club had presented an excellent selection.



23rd AUGUST 1950
Page 5 - BAY OF PLENTY BEACON, VOLUME 15, ISSUE 86
25th AUGUST 1950
Page 1 - BAY OF PLENTY BEACON, VOLUME 15, ISSUE 87
28th AUGUST 1950
Page 1 - BAY OF PLENTY BEACON, VOLUME 15, ISSUE 88

ATTENTION CAMERA FANS
At the request of numerous camera enthusiasts, a general meeting to discuss the formation of a Camera Club in Whakatane will be held in Nadam Matthew’s Garden Studios, 55 Victoria Avenue, on Tuesday 29th August, at 8pm. There will be an address by Miss Bayliss of the Wellington Camera Club. Miss Bayliss will explain what a Camera Club is and how much a club can assist all those interested in photography. Roll up all Shutter Bugs and be foundation members of a Camera Club in Whakatane.

J.G. HUNTER
Convener.



1st SEPTEMBER 1950
Page 5 - BAY OF PLENTY BEACON, VOLUME 15, ISSUE 90

CAMERA CLUB FORMED IN WHAKATANE
With the object of encouraging the study and practice of photography, a club to be known as the Whakatane District Camera Club was formed at a meeting on Tuesday night.

There was an attendance of about 30.

The objects and organization of such clubs were explained by Miss Bayliss, a member of the Wellington Camera Club.

Among other things, the new club will sponsor and conduct photographic sections at winter shows. Meetings will be held fortnightly.

Officers elected were:
President, Mr K. Shaw; secretary, Mr N. Newth; treasurer, Mr. B. Cottrell; committee, Mrs S. Kenyon, Messrs F. Barwell and W. Kirk.



WELLINGTON PHOTOGRAPHIC SOCIETY
from the WEB SITE

CELEBRATING 125th ANNIVERSARY: 1892-2017

The Wellington Photographic Society was formed in 1892 and is one of the oldest societies in Wellington.

By the 1950’s the Society had over 200 members, many of whom achieved both national and international recognition in their chosen fields.

Members included renowned photographers such as:
BRIAN BRAKE: who was later invited to join the prestigious Magnum Photo Agency. His portfolio 'Monsoon' is universally known and admired.
DR JOHN SALMON: perhaps New Zealand’s greatest natural history photographer of his time. He was a long and valued member of the Society.
JAMES WALTER CHAPMAN-TAYLOR: established a noted career in architectural photography.
GEOFFREY WILLIAM PERRY: who carved out a career of considerable note in stage photography.
RONALD WOOLF: a leader in the wedding and portrait field.
ANNA JACOBA WESTRA: arguably New Zealand’s top documentary photographer.

BRIAN BRAKE

Born 27th June 1927 - Wellington, New Zealand
Died 4th August 1988 - Titirangi, Auckland, New Zealand

DR JOHN SALMON

Born 28th June 1910 - Wellington, New Zealand
Died 4th May 1999 (aged 88) Rotorua, New Zealand

JAMES WALTER CHAPMAN-TAYLOR

Born 24th June 1878 - London, England
Died 25th October 1958 (aged 80) Lower Hutt, New Zealand

RONALD WOOLF

Born 1930 - London, England
Died 20th November 1987

ANNA JACOBA WESTRA

Born 28th April 1936 - Leiden, Netherlands